Bộ: Aṭṭhakathā · Sīlakkhandhavaggaṭṭhakathā
Sīlakkhandhavaggaṭṭhakathā
Đang xem liên mạch theo sách (154 trang nguồn) · Đang giới hạn hiển thị 25 trang đầu để tránh lag
Pāli
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato samm āsambuddhassa
Dīghanikāye
Sīlakkhandhavaggaṭṭhakathā
Ganthārambhakathā
Karuṇāsītalahadayaṃ, paññāpajjotavihatamohatamaṃ;
Sanarāmaralokagaruṃ, vande sugataṃgativimuttaṃ.
Buddhopi buddhabhāvaṃ, bhāvetvā ceva sacchikatvā ca;
Yaṃ upagato gatamalaṃ, vande tamanuttaraṃ dhammaṃ.
Sugatassa orasānaṃ, puttānaṃ mārasenamathanānaṃ;
Aṭṭhannampi samūhaṃ, sirasā vande ariyasaṅghaṃ.
Iti me pasannamatino, ratanattayavandanāmayaṃ puññaṃ;
Yaṃ suvihatantarāyo, hutvā tassānubhāvena.
Dīghassa dīghasuttaṅkitassa, nipuṇassa āgamavarassa;
Buddhānubuddhasaṃvaṇṇitassa, saddhāvahaguṇassa.
Atthappakāsanatthaṃ, aṭṭhakathā ādito vasisatehi;
Pañcahi yā saṅgītā, anusaṅgītā ca pacchāpi.
Sīhaḷadīpaṃ pana ābhatātha, vasinā mahāmahindena;
Ṭhapitā sīhaḷabhāsāya, dīpavāsīnamatthāya.
Apanetvāna tatohaṃ, sīhaḷabhāsaṃ manoramaṃ bhāsaṃ;
Tantinayānucchavikaṃ, āropento vigatadosaṃ.
Samayaṃ avilomento, therānaṃ theravaṃsapadīpānaṃ;
Sunipuṇavinicchayānaṃ, mahāvihāre nivāsīnaṃ.
Hitvā punappunāgatamatthaṃ, atthaṃ pakāsayissāmi;
Sujanassa ca tuṭṭhatthaṃ, ciraṭṭhitatthañca dhammassa.
Sīlakathā dhutadhammā, kammaṭṭhānāni ceva sabbāni;
Cariyāvidhānasahito, jhānasamāpattivitthāro.
Sabbā ca abhiññāyo, paññāsaṅkalananicchayo ceva;
Khandhadhātāyatanindriyāni, ariyāni ceva cattāri.
Saccāni paccayākāradesanā, suparisuddhanipuṇanayā;
Avimuttatantimaggā, vipassanā bhāvanā ceva.
Iti pana sabbaṃ yasmā, visuddhimagge mayā suparisuddhaṃ;
Vutta ṃ tasm ā bhiyyo, na ta ṃ idha vic ārayiss āmi.
‘‘Majjhe visuddhimaggo, esa catunnampi āgamānañhi;
Ṭhatvā pakāsayissati, tattha yathā bhāsitaṃ atthaṃ’’.
Icceva kato tasmā, tampi gahetvāna saddhimetāya;
Aṭṭhakathāya vijānatha, dīghāgamanissitaṃ atthanti.
Nidānakathā
Tattha dīghāgamo nāma sīlakkhandhavaggo, mahāvaggo, pāthikavaggoti vaggato tivaggo hoti; suttato
catuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho. Tassa vaggesu sīlakkhandhavaggo ādi, suttesu brahmajālaṃ.Brahmajālassāpi
‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādikaṃ āyasmatā ānandena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttaṃ nidānamādi.
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma cesā kiñcāpi vinayapiṭake tantimārūḷhā, nidānakosallatthaṃ pana idhāpi
evaṃ veditabbā. Dhammacakkappavattanañhi ādiṃ katvā yāva subhaddaparibbājakavinayanā
katabuddhakicce, kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane yamakasālānamantare visākhapuṇṇamadivase
pacc ūsasamaye anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbute bhagavati lokanāthe, bhagavato
dhātubhājanadivase sannipatitānaṃ sattannaṃ bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ saṅghatthero āyasmā mahākassapo
sattāhaparinibbute bhagavati subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha,
sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena, upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti, idāni
pana maya ṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma na taṃ karissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 437)
vuttavacanamanussaranto, īdisassa ca saṅghasannipātassa puna dullabhabhāvaṃ maññamāno, ‘‘ṭhānaṃ kho
paneta ṃ vijjati, yaṃ pāpabhikkhū ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacana’nti maññamānā pakkhaṃ labhitvā nacirasseva
saddhammaṃ antaradhāpeyyuṃ, yāva ca dhammavinayo tiṭṭhati, tāva anatītasatthukameva pāvacanaṃ hoti.
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
‘Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā’ti (dī.
ni. 2.216).
‘Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyaṃ, yathayidaṃ sāsanaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa
ciraṭṭhitikaṃ’.
Yañcāhaṃ bhagavatā –
‘Dhāressasi pana me tvaṃ, kassapa, sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānī’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) vatvā
cīvare sādhāraṇaparibhogena.
‘Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi
savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; kassapopi,
bhikkhave, yāvadeva, ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ
savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.152).
Evamādinā nayena navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññāppabhede uttarimanussadhamme attanā
samasamaṭṭhapanena ca anuggahito, tathā ākāse pāṇiṃ cāletvā alaggacittatāya ceva candopamapaṭipadāya ca
pasa ṃsito, tassa kimaññaṃ āṇaṇyaṃ bhavissati. Nanu maṃ bhagavā rājā viya
sakakavacaissariyānuppadānena attano kulavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpakaṃ puttaṃ ‘saddhammavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpako
me ayaṃ bhavissatī’ti, mantvā iminā asādhāraṇena anuggahena anuggahesi, imāya ca uḷārāya pasaṃsāya
pasa ṃsīti cintayanto dhammavinayasaṅgāyanatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesi. Yathāha –
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘ekamidāhaṃ, āvuso, samayaṃ pāvāya
kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi
bhikkhusateh ī’’ ti (c ūḷ ava. 437) sabba ṃ subhaddaka ṇḍ aṃvitth ārato veditabba ṃ . Attha ṃ panassa
mah āparinibb ānāvas āne āgata ṭṭ hāneyeva kathayiss āma.
Tato paraṃ āha –
‘‘Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyāma, pure adhammo dippati, dhammo
paṭibāhiyyati; pure avinayo dippati, vinayo paṭibāhiyyati; pure adhammavādino balavanto honti,
dhammavādino dubbalā honti, pure avinayavādino balavanto honti, vinayavādino dubbalā hontī’’ti
(cūḷava. 437).
Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘tena hi, bhante, thero bhikkhū uccinatū’’ti. Thero pana
sakalanavaṅgasatthusāsanapariyattidhare puthujjanasotāpannasakadāgāmianāgāmi sukkhavipassaka
khīṇāsavabhikkhū anekasate, anekasahasse ca vajjetvā tipiṭakasabbapariyattippabhedadhare
pa ṭisambhidāppatte mahānubhāve yebhuyyena bhagavato etadaggaṃ āropite tevijjādibhede
khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva ekūnapañcasate pariggahesi. Ye sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āyasmā
mahākassapo ekenūnāni pañca arahantasatāni uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
Kissa pana thero ekenūnamakāsīti? Āyasmato ānandattherassa okāsakaraṇatthaṃ. Tenahāyasmatā
sahāpi, vināpi, na sakkā dhammasaṅgītiṃ kātuṃ. So hāyasmā sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tasmā sahāpi na sakkā.
Yasmā panassa kiñci dasabaladesitaṃ suttageyyādikaṃ appaccakkhaṃ nāma natthi. Yathāha –
‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto;
Caturāsīti sahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino’’ti. (theragā. 1027);
Tasmā vināpi na sakkā.
Yadi evaṃ sekkhopi samāno dhammasaṅgītiyā bahukārattā therena uccinitabbo assa, atha kasmā na
uccinitoti? Parūpavādavivajjanato. Thero hi āyasmante ānande ativiya vissattho ahosi, tathā hi naṃ sirasmiṃ
palitesu j ātesupi ‘na vāyaṃ kumārako mattamaññāsī’ti, (saṃ. ni. 2.154) kumārakavādena ovadati.
Sakyakulappasuto cāyasmā tathāgatassa bhātā cūḷapituputto. Tattha keci bhikkhū chandāgamanaṃ viya
maññamānā – ‘‘bahū asekkhapaṭisambhidāppatte bhikkhū ṭhapetvā ānandaṃ sekkhapaṭisambhidāppattaṃ
thero uccinī’’ti upavadeyyuṃ. Taṃ parūpavādaṃ parivajjento, ‘ānandaṃ vinā dhammasaṅgītiṃ na sakkā
kātuṃ, bhikkhūnaṃyeva naṃ anumatiyā gahessāmī’ti na uccini.
Atha sayameva bhikkhū ānandassatthāya theraṃ yāciṃsu. Yathāha –
‘‘Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā ānando kiñcāpi
sekkho abhabbo chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ, bahu cānena bhagavato santike dhammo
ca vinayo ca pariyatto, tena hi, bhante, thero āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinatū’ti. Atha kho āyasmā
mahākassapo āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
Evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā uccinitena tenāyasmatā saddhiṃ pañcatherasatāni ahesuṃ.
Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho mayaṃ dhammañca vinayañca
saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti? Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘rājagahaṃ kho mahāgocaraṃ
pah ūtasenāsanaṃ, yaṃnūna mayaṃ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma, na aññe
bhikkhū rājagahe vassaṃ upagaccheyyu’’nti (cūḷava. 437).
Kasmā pana nesaṃ etadahosi? ‘‘Idaṃ pana amhākaṃ thāvarakammaṃ, koci visabhāgapuggalo
saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā ukkoṭeyyā’’ti. Athāyasmā mahākassapo ñattidutiyena kammena sāvesi –
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho imāni pañca bhikkhusatāni
sammanneyya rājagahe vassaṃ vasantāni dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi
rājagahe vassa ṃ vasitabba ’’ nti. Es ā ñatti.
‘‘ Su ṇā tu me, āvuso sa ṅgho, sa ṅgho im āni pañcabhikkhusat āni sammanna ’’ ti ‘rājagahe vassa ṃ
vasantāni dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi rājagahe vassaṃ vasitabbanti.
Yassāyasmato khamati imesaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ sammuti’ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantānaṃ
dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi rājagahe vassaṃ vasitabbanti, so tuṇhassa;
yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
‘‘Sammatāni saṅghena imāni pañcabhikkhusatāni rājagahe vassaṃ vasantāni dhammañca
vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi rājagahe vassaṃ vasitabbanti, khamati saṅghassa, tasmā
tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti (cūḷava. 438).
Ayaṃ pana kammavācā tathāgatassa parinibbānato ekavīsatime divase katā. Bhagavā hi
visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ paccūsasamaye parinibbuto, athassa sattāhaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ sarīraṃ gandhamālādīhi
pūjayiṃsu. Evaṃ sattāhaṃ sādhukīḷanadivasā nāma ahesuṃ. Tato sattāhaṃ citakāya agginā jhāyi, sattāhaṃ
sattipañjaraṃ katvā sandhāgārasālāyaṃ dhātupūjaṃ kariṃsūti, ekavīsati divasā gatā.
Jeṭṭhamūlasukkapakkhapañcamiyaṃyeva dhātuyo bhājayiṃsu. Etasmiṃ dhātubhājanadivase sannipatitassa
mahābhikkhusaṅghassa subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena kataṃ anācāraṃ ārocetvā vuttanayeneva ca bhikkhū
uccinitvā ayaṃ kammavācā katā.
Imañca pana kammavācaṃ katvā thero bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso, idāni tumhākaṃ cattālīsa divasā
okāso kato, tato paraṃ ‘ayaṃ nāma no palibodho atthī’ti, vattuṃ na labbhā, tasmā etthantare yassa
rogapalibodho vā ācariyupajjhāyapalibodho vā mātāpitupalibodho vā atthi, pattaṃ vā pana pacitabbaṃ,
cīvaraṃ vā kātabbaṃ, so taṃ palibodhaṃ chinditvā taṃ karaṇīyaṃ karotū’’ti.
Evañca pana vatvā thero attano pañcasatāya parisāya parivuto rājagahaṃ gato. Aññepi mahātherā attano
attano parivāre gahetvā sokasallasamappitaṃ mahājanaṃ assāsetukāmā taṃ taṃ disaṃ pakkantā.
Puṇṇatthero pana sattasatabhikkhuparivāro ‘tathāgatassa parinibbānaṭṭhānaṃ āgatāgataṃ mahājanaṃ
assāsessāmī’ti kusinārāyaṃyeva aṭṭhāsi.
Āyasmā ānando yathā pubbe aparinibbutassa, evaṃ parinibbutassāpi bhagavato sayameva
pattac īvaramādāya pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Gacchato gacchato
panassa pariv ārā bhikkhū gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā. Tenāyasmatā gatagataṭṭhāne mahāparidevo ahosi.
Anupubbena pana sāvatthimanuppatte there sāvatthivāsino manussā ‘‘thero kira āgato’’ti sutvā
gandhamālādihatthā paccuggantvā – ‘‘bhante, ānanda, pubbe bhagavatā saddhiṃ āgacchatha, ajja kuhiṃ
bhagavantaṃ ṭhapetvā āgatatthā’’tiādīni vadamānā parodiṃsu. Buddhassa bhagavato parinibbānadivase viya
mahāparidevo ahosi.
Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā ānando aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyākathāya taṃ mahājanaṃ saññāpetvā
jetavana ṃ pavisitvā dasabalena vasitagandhakuṭiṃ vanditvā dvāraṃ vivaritvā mañcapīṭhaṃ nīharitvā
pappho ṭetvā gandhakuṭiṃ sammajjitvā milātamālākacavaraṃ chaḍḍetvā mañcapīṭhaṃ atiharitvā puna
yathāṭhāne ṭhapetvā bhagavato ṭhitakāle karaṇīyaṃ vattaṃ sabbamakāsi. Kurumāno ca
nhānakoṭṭhakasammajjanaudakupaṭṭhāpanādikālesu gandhakuṭiṃ vanditvā – ‘‘nanu bhagavā, ayaṃ
tumhākaṃ nhānakālo, ayaṃ dhammadesanākālo, ayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ovādadānakālo, ayaṃ
sīhaseyyakappanakālo, ayaṃ mukhadhovanakālo’’tiādinā nayena paridevamānova akāsi, yathā taṃ
bhagavato guṇagaṇāmatarasaññutāya patiṭṭhitapemo ceva akhīṇāsavo ca anekesu ca jātisatasahassesu
aññamaññassūpakārasañjanitacittamaddavo. Tamenaṃ aññatarā devatā – ‘‘bhante, ānanda, tumhe evaṃ
paridevam ānā kathaṃ aññe assāsessathā’’ti saṃvejesi. So tassā vacanena saṃviggahadayo santhambhitvā
tathāgatassa parinibbānato pabhuti ṭhānanisajjabahulattā ussannadhātukaṃ kāyaṃ samassāsetuṃ
dutiyadivase khīravirecanaṃ pivitvā vihāreyeva nisīdi. Yaṃ sandhāya subhena māṇavena pahitaṃ
māṇavakaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Akālo, kho māṇavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamattā pītā, appeva nāma svepi
upasaṅkameyyāmā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.447).
Dutiyadivase cetakattherena pacch āsama ṇena gantv ā subhena m āṇ avena pu ṭṭ ho imasmi ṃ dīghanik āye
subhasuttaṃnāma dasamaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi.
Atha ānandatthero jetavanamahāvihāre khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ kārāpetvā upakaṭṭhāya
vassūpanāyikāya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ohāya rājagahaṃ gato tathā aññepi dhammasaṅgāhakā bhikkhūti. Evañhi
gate, te sandhāya ca idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho therā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ agamaṃsu, dhammañca vinayañca
saṅgāyitu’’nti (cūḷava. 438). Te āsaḷhīpuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathaṃ katvā pāṭipadadivase sannipatitvā vassaṃ
upagacchiṃsu.
Tena kho pana samayena rājagahaṃ parivāretvā aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārā honti, te sabbepi
chaḍḍitapatitauklāpā ahesuṃ. Bhagavato hi parinibbāne sabbepi bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaramādāya
vihāre ca pariveṇe ca chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu. Tattha katikavattaṃ kurumānā therā bhagavato
vacanapūjanatthaṃ titthiyavādaparimocanatthañca – ‘paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ
karomā’ti cintesuṃ. Titthiyā hi evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā satthari ṭhiteyeva vihāre
pa ṭijaggiṃsu, parinibbute chaḍḍesuṃ, kulānaṃ mahādhanapariccāgo vinassatī’’ti. Tesañca
vādaparimocanatthaṃ cintesunti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ cintayitvā ca pana katikavattaṃ kariṃsu. Yaṃ sandhāya
vuttaṃ –
‘‘Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – bhagavatā, kho āvuso,
khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ, handa mayaṃ, āvuso, paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ
khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karoma, majjhimaṃ māsaṃ sannipatitvā dhammañca vinayañca
saṅgāyissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 438).
Te dutiyadivase gantvā rājadvāre aṭṭhaṃsu. Rājā āgantvā vanditvā – ‘‘kiṃ bhante, āgatatthā’’ti attanā
kattabbakiccaṃ pucchi. Therā aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya hatthakammaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. Rājā
hatthakammakārake manusse adāsi. Therā paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ sabbavihāre paṭisaṅkharāpetvā rañño ārocesuṃ
– ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, vihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ, idāni dhammavinayasaṅgahaṃ karomā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu bhante
visaṭṭhā karotha, mayhaṃ āṇācakkaṃ, tumhākañca dhammacakkaṃ hotu, āṇāpetha, bhante, kiṃ karomī’’ti.
‘‘Saṅgahaṃ karontānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannisajjaṭṭhānaṃ mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kattha karomi, bhante’’ti?
‘‘Vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇi guhādvāre kātuṃ yuttaṃ mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho rājā
ajātasattu vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ suvibhattabhittithambhasopānaṃ,
nānāvidhamālākammalatākammavicittaṃ, abhibhavantamiva rājabhavanavibhūtiṃ, avahasantamiva
devavimānasiriṃ, siriyā niketanamiva ekanipātatitthamiva ca devamanussanayanavihaṃgānaṃ,
lokarāmaṇeyyakamiva sampiṇḍitaṃ daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā
vividhakusumadāmolambakaviniggalantacāruvitānaṃ nānāratanavicittamaṇikoṭṭimatalamiva ca, naṃ
nānāpupphūpahāravicittasupariniṭṭhitabhūmikammaṃ brahmavimānasadisaṃ alaṅkaritvā, tasmiṃ
mahāmaṇḍape pañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anagghāni pañca kappiyapaccattharaṇasatāni paññapetvā,
dakkhiṇabhāgaṃ nissāya uttarābhimukhaṃ therāsanaṃ, maṇḍapamajjhe puratthābhimukhaṃ buddhassa
bhagavato āsanārahaṃ dhammāsanaṃ paññapetvā, dantakhacitaṃ bījaniñcettha ṭhapetvā, bhikkhusaṅghassa
ārocāpesi – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, mama kicca’’nti.
Tasmiñca pana divase ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sandhāya evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘imasmiṃ
bhikkhusaṅghe eko bhikkhu vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaratī’’ti. Thero taṃ sutvā imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe
añño vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaraṇakabhikkhu nāma natthi. Addhā ete maṃ sandhāya vadantīti saṃvegaṃ
āpajji. Ekacce naṃ āhaṃsuyeva – ‘‘sve āvuso, ānanda, sannipāto, tvañca sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tena te na
yuttaṃ sannipātaṃ gantuṃ, appamatto hohī’’ti.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando – ‘sve sannipāto, na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ sekkho samāno
sannipātaṃ gaccheyya’nti, bahudeva rattiṃ kāyagatāya satiyā vītināmetvā rattiyā paccūsasamaye caṅkamā
orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā ‘‘nipajjissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ āvajjesi, dve pādā bhūmito muttā, apattañca sīsaṃ
bimbohanaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Ayañhi āyasmā caṅkamena bahi
vītināmetvā visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ asakkonto cintesi – ‘‘nanu maṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘katapuññosi tvaṃ,
ānanda, padh ānamanuyuñja, khippa ṃ hohisi an āsavo ’ti (d ī. ni. 2.207). Buddh ānañca kath ādoso n āma natthi,
mama pana acc āraddha ṃ vīriya ṃ, tena me citta ṃ uddhacc āya sa ṃvattati. Hand āha ṃ vīriyasamata ṃ
yojemī’’ti, caṅkamā orohitvā pādadhovanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā pāde dhovitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīditvā,
‘‘thokaṃ vissamissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ mañcake apanāmesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, sīsaṃ
bimbohanamappattaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ, catuiriyāpathavirahitaṃ therassa
arahattaṃ. Tena ‘‘imasmiṃ sāsane anipanno anisinno aṭṭhito acaṅkamanto ko bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto’’ti
vutte ‘‘ānandatthero’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
Atha therā bhikkhū dutiyadivase pañcamiyaṃ kāḷapakkhassa katabhattakiccā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā
dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā ānando arahā samāno sannipātaṃ agamāsi. Kathaṃ
agamāsi? ‘‘Idānimhi sannipātamajjhaṃ pavisanāraho’’ti haṭṭhatuṭṭhacitto ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā bandhanā
muttatālapakkaṃ viya, paṇḍukambale nikkhittajātimaṇi viya, vigatavalāhake nabhe samuggatapuṇṇacando
viya, bālātapasamphassavikasitareṇupiñjaragabbhaṃ padumaṃ viya ca, parisuddhena pariyodātena
sappabhena sassirīkena ca mukhavarena attano arahattappattiṃ ārocayamāno viya agamāsi. Atha naṃ disvā
āyasmato mahākassapassa etadahosi – ‘‘sobhati vata bho arahattappatto ānando, sace satthā dhareyya, addhā
ajjānandassa sādhukāraṃ dadeyya, handa, dānissāhaṃ satthārā dātabbaṃ sādhukāraṃ dadāmī’’ti, tikkhattuṃ
sādhukāramadāsi.
Majjhimabhāṇakā pana vadanti – ‘‘ānandatthero attano arahattappattiṃ ñāpetukāmo bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ
nāgato, bhikkhū yathāvuḍḍhaṃ attano attano pattāsane nisīdantā ānandattherassa āsanaṃ ṭhapetvā nisinnā.
Tattha keci evamāhaṃsu – ‘etaṃ āsanaṃ kassā’ti? ‘Ānandassā’ti. ‘Ānando pana kuhiṃ gato’ti? Tasmiṃ
samaye thero cintesi – ‘idāni mayhaṃ gamanakālo’ti. Tato attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento pathaviyaṃ
nimujjitvā attano āsaneyeva attānaṃ dassesī’’ti, ākāsena gantvā nisīdītipi eke. Yathā vā tathā vā hotu.
Sabbathāpi taṃ disvā āyasmato mahākassapassa sādhukāradānaṃ yuttameva.
Evaṃ āgate pana tasmiṃ āyasmante mahākassapatthero bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso, kiṃ paṭhamaṃ
saṅgāyāma, dhammaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā’’ti? Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante, mahākassapa, vinayo nāma
buddhasāsanassa āyu. Vinaye ṭhite sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ nāma hoti. Tasmā paṭhamaṃ vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti.
‘‘Kaṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmantaṃ upāli’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ ānando nappahotī’’ti? ‘‘No nappahoti’’. Api ca
kho pana sammāsambuddho dharamānoyeva vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadagge ṭhapesi
– ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī’’ti (a. ni. 1.228).
‘Tasmā upālittheraṃ pucchitvā vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’ti.
Tato thero vinayaṃ pucchanatthāya attanāva attānaṃ sammanni. Upālittheropi vissajjanatthāya
sammanni. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
Ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyya’’nti.
Āyasmāpi upāli saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
Ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti. (cūḷava. 439);
Evaṃ attānaṃ sammannitvā āyasmā upāli uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā
dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā, tato mahākassapatthero therāsane nisīditvā āyasmantaṃ
upāliṃ vinayaṃ pucchi. ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ āvuso, upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta’’nti? ‘‘Vesāliyaṃ, bhante’’ti.
‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Sudinnaṃ kalandaputtaṃ ārabbhā’’ti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti? ‘‘Methunadhamme’’ti.
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ paṭhamassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi,
nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, paññattimpi pucchi, anupaññattimpi pucchi, āpattimpi pucchi,
anāpattimpi pucchi’’ (cūḷava. 439). Puṭṭho puṭṭho āyasmā upāli vissajjesi.
Kiṃ panettha paṭhamapārājike kiñci apanetabbaṃ vā pakkhipitabbaṃ vā atthi natthīti? Apanetabbaṃ
natthi. Buddhassa hi bhagavato bh āsite apanetabba ṃ nāma natthi. Na hi tath āgat ā ekabyañjanampi
niratthakaṃ vadanti. Sāvakānaṃ pana devatānaṃ vā bhāsite apanetabbampi hoti, taṃ
dhammasaṅgāhakattherā apanayiṃsu. Pakkhipitabbaṃ pana sabbatthāpi atthi, tasmā yaṃ yattha pakkhipituṃ
yuttaṃ, taṃ pakkhipiṃsuyeva. Kiṃ pana tanti? ‘Tena samayenā’ti vā, ‘tena kho pana samayenā’ti vā, ‘atha
khoti vā’, ‘evaṃ vutteti’ vā, ‘etadavocā’ti vā, evamādikaṃ sambandhavacanamattaṃ. Evaṃ
pakkhipitabbayutta ṃ pakkhipitvā pana – ‘‘idaṃ paṭhamapārājika’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Paṭhamapārājike
saṅgahamārūḷhe pañca arahantasatāni saṅgahaṃ āropitanayeneva gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu – ‘‘tena samayena
buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti. Tesaṃ sajjhāyāraddhakāleyeva sādhukāraṃ dadamānā viya
mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā akampittha.
Eteneva nayena sesāni tīṇi pārājikāni saṅgahaṃ āropetvā ‘‘idaṃ pārājikakaṇḍa’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Terasa
saṅghādisesāni ‘‘terasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Dve sikkhāpadāni ‘‘aniyatānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni
‘‘nissaggiyāni pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Dvenavuti sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Cattāri
sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta
dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Evaṃ sattavīsādhikāni dve sikkhāpadasatāni ‘‘mahāvibhaṅgo’’ti
kittetvā ṭhapesuṃ. Mahāvibhaṅgāvasānepi purimanayeneva mahāpathavī akampittha.
Tato bhikkhunīvibhaṅge aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Sattarasa
sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sattarasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘nissaggiyāni pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ.
Chasaṭṭhisatasikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ.
Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Evaṃ
tīṇi sikkhāpadasatāni cattāri ca sikkhāpadāni ‘‘bhikkhunīvibhaṅgo’’ti kittetvā – ‘‘ayaṃ ubhato vibhaṅgo
nāma catusaṭṭhibhāṇavāro’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Ubhatovibhaṅgāvasānepi vuttanayeneva mahāpathavikampo ahosi.
Etenevupāyena asītibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ khandhakaṃ, pañcavīsatibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ parivārañca
saṅgahaṃ āropetvā ‘‘idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃnāmā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Vinayapiṭakāvasānepi vuttanayeneva
mahāpathavikampo ahosi. Taṃ āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘āvuso, imaṃ tuyhaṃ nissitake
vācehī’’ti. Vinayapiṭakasaṅgahāvasāne upālitthero dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ nikkhipitvā dhammāsanā orohitvā
there bhikkhū vanditvā attano pattāsane nisīdi.
Vinayaṃ saṅgāyitvā dhammaṃ saṅgāyitukāmo āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘dhammaṃ
saṅgāyante hi kaṃ puggalaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dhammo saṅgāyitabbo’’ti? Bhikkhū – ‘‘ānandattheraṃ dhuraṃ
katvā’’ti āhaṃsu.
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
Ahaṃ ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti;
Atha kho āyasmā ānando saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
Ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena dhammaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti;
Atha kho āyasmā ānando uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane
nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘kataraṃ, āvuso,
pi ṭakaṃ paṭhamaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti? ‘‘Suttantapiṭakaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Suttantapiṭake catasso saṅgītiyo, tāsu
pa ṭhamaṃ kataraṃ saṅgīti’’nti? ‘‘Dīghasaṅgītiṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Dīghasaṅgītiyaṃ catutiṃsa suttāni, tayo
vaggā, tesu paṭhamaṃ kataraṃ vagga’’nti? ‘‘Sīlakkhandhavaggaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sīlakkhandhavagge terasa
suttantā, tesu paṭhamaṃ kataraṃ sutta’’nti? ‘‘Brahmajālasuttaṃ nāma bhante, tividhasīlālaṅkataṃ,
nānāvidhamicchājīvakuha lapanādividdhaṃsanaṃ, dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhijālaviniveṭhanaṃ,
dasasahassilokadh ātukampana ṃ, ta ṃ pa ṭhama ṃ sa ṅgāyāmā’’ ti.
Atha kho āyasm ā mah ākassapo āyasmanta ṃ ā nanda ṃ etadavoca, ‘‘ brahmaj āla ṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha
bhāsita’’nti? ‘‘Antarā ca, bhante, rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷandaṃ rājāgārake ambalaṭṭhikāya’’nti. ‘‘Kaṃ
ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Suppiyañca paribbājakaṃ, brahmadattañca māṇava’’nti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti?
‘‘Vaṇṇāvaṇṇe’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ brahmajālassa nidānampi pucchi,
puggalampi pucchi, vatthumpi pucchi (c ūḷava. 440). Āyasmā ānando vissajjesi. Vissajjanāvasāne pañca
arahantasatāni gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu. Vuttanayeneva ca pathavikampo ahosi.
Evaṃ brahmajālaṃ saṅgāyitvā tato paraṃ ‘‘sāmaññaphalaṃ, panāvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’ntiādinā
nayena pucchāvissajjanānukkamena saddhiṃ brahmajālena sabbepi terasa suttante saṅgāyitvā – ‘‘ayaṃ
sīlakkhandhavaggo nāmā’’ti kittetvā ṭhapesuṃ.
Tadanantaraṃ mahāvaggaṃ, tadanantaraṃ pāthikavagganti, evaṃ tivaggasaṅgahaṃ
catutiṃsasuttapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ catusaṭṭhibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ tantiṃ saṅgāyitvā ‘‘ayaṃ dīghanikāyo nāmā’’ti
vatvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘āvuso, imaṃ tuyhaṃ nissitake vācehī’’ti.
Tato anantaraṃ asītibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ majjhimanikāyaṃ saṅgāyitvā
dhammasenāpatisāriputtattherassa nissitake paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘imaṃ tumhe pariharathā’’ti.
Tato anantaraṃ satabhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ saṃyuttanikāyaṃ saṅgāyitvā mahākassapattheraṃ
pa ṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘bhante, imaṃ tumhākaṃ nissitake vācethā’’ti.
Tato anantaraṃ vīsatibhāṇavārasataparimāṇaṃ aṅguttaranikāyaṃsaṅgāyitvā anuruddhattheraṃ
pa ṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘imaṃ tumhākaṃ nissitake vācethā’’ti.
Tato anantaraṃ dhammasaṅgahavibhaṅgadhātukathāpuggalapaññattikathāvatthuyamakapaṭṭhānaṃ
abhidhammoti vuccati. Evaṃ saṃvaṇṇitaṃ sukhumañāṇagocaraṃ tantiṃ saṅgāyitvā – ‘‘idaṃ
abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nāmā’’ti vatvā pañca arahantasatāni sajjhāyamakaṃsu. Vuttanayeneva pathavikampo
ahosīti.
Tato paraṃ jātakaṃ, niddeso, paṭisambhidāmaggo, apadānaṃ, suttanipāto, khuddakapāṭho,
dhammapadaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, vimānavatthu, petavatthu, theragāthā, therīgāthāti imaṃ tantiṃ
saṅgāyitvā ‘‘khuddakagantho nāmāya’’nti ca vatvā ‘‘abhidhammapiṭakasmiṃyeva saṅgahaṃ
āropayiṃsū’’ti dīghabhāṇakā vadanti. Majjhimabhāṇakā pana ‘‘cariyāpiṭakabuddhavaṃsehi saddhiṃ
sabbampetaṃ khuddakaganthaṃ nāma suttantapiṭake pariyāpanna’’nti vadanti.
Evametaṃ sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ,
pa ṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ. Tathā piṭakavasena. Nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ, aṅgavasena
navavidhaṃ, dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhanti veditabbaṃ.
Kathaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ?Yañhi bhagavatā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā
yāva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassāni
devamanussanāgayakkhādayo anusāsantena vā paccavekkhantena vā vuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ ekarasaṃ
vimuttirasameva hoti. Evaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ.
Kathaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dhammo ceva vinayo cāti saṅkhyaṃ
gacchati. Tattha vinayapiṭakaṃ vinayo, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammo. Tenevāha ‘‘yannūna mayaṃ
dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 437). ‘‘Ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyaṃ, ānandaṃ
dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti ca. Evaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ.
Kathaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ,
majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, pacchimabuddhavacananti tippabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha –
‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;
Gahak āra ṃ gavesanto, dukkh ā jāti punappuna ṃ.
Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;
Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ;
Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153-54);
Idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ. Keci ‘‘yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā’’ti (mahāva. 1) khandhake
udānagāthaṃ vadanti. Esā pana pāṭipadadivase sabbaññubhāvappattassa somanassamayañāṇena
paccay ākāraṃ paccavekkhantassa uppannā udānagāthāti veditabbā.
Yaṃ pana parinibbānakāle abhāsi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā,
appamādena sampādethā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.218) idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ. Ubhinnamantare yaṃ vuttaṃ,
etaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ nāma. Evaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimabuddhavacanavasena tividhaṃ.
Kathaṃ piṭakavasena tividhaṃ?Sabbampi cetaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ
abhidhammapiṭakanti tippabhedameva hoti. Tattha paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgītañca asaṅgītañca sabbampi
samodhānetvā ubhayāni pātimokkhāni, dve vibhaṅgā, dvāvīsati khandhakā, soḷasaparivārāti – idaṃ
vinayapiṭakaṃnāma. Brahmajālādicatuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho dīghanikāyo,
mūlapariyāyasuttādidiyaḍḍhasatadvesuttasaṅgaho majjhimanikāyo,
oghataraṇasuttādisattasuttasahassasattasatadvāsaṭṭhisuttasaṅgaho saṃyuttanikāyo,
cittapariyādānasuttādinavasuttasahassapañcasatasattapaññāsasuttasaṅgaho aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakapāṭha-
dhammapada-udāna-itivuttaka-suttanipāta-vimānavatthu-petavatthu-theragāthā-therīgāthā-jātaka-niddesa-
pa ṭisambhidāmagga-apadāna-buddhavaṃsa-cariyāpiṭakavasena pannarasappabhedo khuddakanikāyoti idaṃ
suttantapiṭakaṃnāma. Dhammasaṅgaho, vibhaṅgo, dhātukathā, puggalapaññatti, kathāvatthu, yamakaṃ,
pa ṭṭhānanti – idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nāma. Tattha –
‘‘Vividhavisesanayattā, vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ;
Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto’’.
Vividhā hi ettha pañcavidhapātimokkhuddesapārājikādi satta āpattikkhandhamātikā
vibhaṅgādippabhedā nayā. Visesabhūtā ca daḷhīkammasithilakaraṇappayojanā anupaññattinayā.
Kāyikavācasikaajjhācāranisedhanato cesa kāyaṃ vācañca vineti, tasmā vividhanayattā visesanayattā
kāyavācānaṃ vinayanato ceva vinayoti akkhāto. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
‘‘Vividhavisesanayattā, vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ;
Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto’’ti.
Itaraṃ pana –
‘‘Atthānaṃ sūcanato suvuttato, savanatotha sūdanato;
Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhātaṃ.
Tañhi attatthaparatthādibhede atthe sūceti. Suvuttā cettha atthā, veneyyajjhāsayānulomena vuttattā.
Savati cetaṃ atthe sassamiva phalaṃ, pasavatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sūdati cetaṃ dhenu viya khīraṃ, paggharāpetīti
vuttaṃ hoti. Suṭṭhu ca ne tāyati, rakkhatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suttasabhāgañcetaṃ, yathā hi tacchakānaṃ suttaṃ
pam āṇaṃ hoti, evametampi viññūnaṃ. Yathā ca suttena saṅgahitāni pupphāni na vikirīyanti, na
viddhaṃsīyanti, evameva tena saṅgahitā atthā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
‘‘Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato;
Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhāta’’nti.
Itaro pana –
‘‘Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā;
Vutt ādhik ā ca dhamm ā, abhidhammo tena akkh āto ’’ .
Ayañhi abhisaddo vuḍḍhilakkhaṇapūjitaparicchinnādhikesu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘bāḷhā me dukkhā
vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.389) vuḍḍhiyaṃ āgato. ‘‘Yā tā rattiyo abhiññātā
abhilakkhitā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.49) salakkhaṇe. ‘‘Rājābhirājā manujindo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.399) pūjite.
‘‘Paṭibalo vinetuṃ abhidhamme abhivinaye’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 85) paricchinne. Aññamaññasaṅkaravirahite
dhamme ca vinaye cāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇenā’’tiādīsu (vi. va. 819) adhike.
Ettha ca ‘‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti’’ (dha. sa. 251), ‘‘mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ
pharitv ā viharatī’’tiādinā (vibha. 642) nayena vuḍḍhimantopi dhammā vuttā. ‘‘Rūpārammaṇaṃ vā
saddārammaṇaṃ vā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1) nayena ārammaṇādīhi lakkhaṇīyattā salakkhaṇāpi. ‘‘Sekkhā
dhammā, asekkhā dhammā, lokuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. tikamātikā 11, dukamātikā 12) nayena
pūjitāpi, pūjārahāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Phasso hoti, vedanā hotī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1) nayena sabhāvaparicchinnattā
paricchinn āpi. ‘‘Mahaggatā dhammā, appamāṇā dhammā (dha. sa. tikamātikā 11), anuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā
(dha. sa. dukamātikā 11) nayena adhikāpi dhammā vuttā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
‘‘Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā;
Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto’’ti.
Yaṃ panettha avisiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ –
‘‘Piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu;
Tena samodhānetvā, tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā’’.
Pariyattipi hi ‘‘mā piṭakasampadānenā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) piṭakanti vuccati. ‘‘Atha puriso āgaccheyya
kudālapiṭakamādāyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.70) yaṃ kiñci bhājanampi. Tasmā ‘piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū
pariyattibh ājanatthato āhu.
Idāni ‘tena samodhānetvā tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā’ti, tena evaṃ duvidhatthena piṭakasaddena saha
samāsaṃ katvā vinayo ca so piṭakañca pariyattibhāvato, tassa tassa atthassa bhājanato cāti vinayapiṭakaṃ,
yathāvutteneva nayena suttantañca taṃ piṭakañcāti suttantapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammo ca so piṭakañcāti
abhidhammapiṭakanti. Evamete tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.
Evaṃ ñatvā ca punapi tesuyeva piṭakesu nānappakārakosallatthaṃ –
‘‘Desanāsāsanakathābhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ;
Sikkhāppahānagambhīrabhāvañca paridīpaye.
Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’.
Tatrāyaṃ paridīpanā vibhāvanā ca. Etāni hi tīṇi piṭakāni yathākkamaṃ āṇāvohāraparamatthadesanā,
yathāparādhayathānulomayathādhammasāsanāni,
saṃvarāsaṃvaradiṭṭhiviniveṭhananāmarūpaparicchedakathāti ca vuccanti. Ettha hi vinayapiṭakaṃ āṇārahena
bhagavatā āṇābāhullato desitattā āṇādesanā,suttantapiṭakaṃ vohārakusalena bhagavatā vohārabāhullato
desitattā vohāradesanā,abhidhammapiṭakaṃ paramatthakusalena bhagavatā paramatthabāhullato desitattā
paramatthadesanāti vuccati.
Tathā paṭhamaṃ – ‘ye te pacurāparādhā sattā, te yathāparādhaṃ ettha sāsitā’ti yathāparādhasāsanaṃ,
dutiyaṃ – ‘anekajjhāsayānusayacariyādhimuttikā sattā yathānulomaṃ ettha sāsitā’ti yathānulomasāsanaṃ,
tatiyaṃ – ‘dhammapuñjamatte ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti saññino sattā yathādhammaṃ ettha sāsitā’ti
yath ādhammasāsana nti vuccati.
Tathā paṭhamaṃ – ajjhācārapaṭipakkhabhūto saṃvarāsaṃvaro ettha kathitoti saṃvarāsaṃvarakathā.
Sa ṃvar āsa ṃvaroti khuddako ceva mahanto ca sa ṃvaro, kamm ākamma ṃ viya, phalāphala ṃ viya ca,
dutiyaṃ – ‘‘dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhipaṭipakkhabhūtā diṭṭhiviniveṭhanā ettha kathitā’’ti diṭṭhiviniveṭhanakathā,
tatiyaṃ – ‘‘rāgādipaṭipakkhabhūto nāmarūpaparicchedo ettha kathito’’ti nāmarūpaparicchedakathāti
vuccati.
Tīsupi cetesu tisso sikkhā, tīṇi pahānāni, catubbidho ca gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. Tathā hi
vinayapiṭake visesena adhisīlasikkhāvuttā, suttantapiṭake adhicittasikkhā,abhidhammapiṭake
adhipaññāsikkhā.
Vinayapiṭake ca vītikkamappahānaṃ, kilesānaṃ vītikkamapaṭipakkhattā sīlassa. Suttantapiṭake
pariyuṭṭhānappahānaṃ,pariyuṭṭhānapaṭipakkhattā samādhissa. Abhidhammapiṭake anusayappahānaṃ,
anusayapaṭipakkhattā paññāya. Paṭhame ca tadaṅgappahānaṃ,itaresu
vikkhambhanasamucchedappahānāni. Paṭhame ca duccaritasaṃkilesappahānaṃ, itaresu
taṇhādiṭṭhisaṃkilesappahānaṃ.
Ekamekasmiñcettha catubbidhopi dhammatthadesanā paṭivedhagambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. Tattha
dhammo ti tanti. Attho ti tassāyeva attho. Desanāti tassā manasā vavatthāpitāya tantiyā desanā. Paṭivedho ti
tantiyā tantiatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. Tīsupi cetesu ete dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhā. Yasmā sasādīhi
viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāḷhā alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca, tasmā gambhīrā. Evaṃ
ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
Aparo nayo, dhammo ti hetu. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti. Attho ti
hetuphalaṃ, vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 720). Desanāti paññatti, yathā
dhammaṃ dhammābhilāpoti adhippāyo. Anulomapaṭilomasaṅkhepavitthārādivasena vā kathanaṃ.
Paṭivedho ti abhisamayo, so ca lokiyalokuttaro visayato asammohato ca, atthānurūpaṃ dhammesu,
dhammānurūpaṃ atthesu, paññattipathānurūpaṃ paññattīsu avabodho. Tesaṃ tesaṃ vā tattha tattha
vuttadhammānaṃ paṭivijjhitabbo salakkhaṇasaṅkhāto aviparītasabhāvo.
Idāni yasmā etesu piṭakesu yaṃ yaṃ dhammajātaṃ vā atthajātaṃ vā, yā cāyaṃ yathā yathā ñāpetabbo
attho sotūnaṃ ñāṇassa abhimukho hoti, tathā tathā tadatthajotikā desanā, yo cettha aviparītāvabodhasaṅkhāto
pa ṭivedho, tesaṃ tesaṃ vā dhammānaṃ paṭivijjhitabbo salakkhaṇasaṅkhāto aviparītasabhāvo. Sabbampetaṃ
anupacitakusalasambhārehi duppaññehi sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo dukkhogāḷhaṃ
alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhañca, tasmā gambhīraṃ. Evampi ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo
veditabbo.
Ettāvatā ca –
‘‘Desanāsāsanakathā, bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ;
Sikkhāppahānagambhīra, bhāvañca paridīpaye’’ti –
Ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthāva hoti.
‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti –
Ettha pana tīsu piṭakesu tividho pariyattibhedo daṭṭhabbo. Tisso hi pariyattiyo –alagaddūpamā,
nissaraṇatthā, bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
Tattha yā duggahitā, upārambhādihetu pariyāpuṭā, ayaṃ alagaddūpamā.Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ
‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagavesī alagaddapariyesanaṃ caramāno, so passeyya
mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ, tamenaṃ bhoge vā naṅguṭṭhe vā gaṇheyya, tassa so alagaddo paṭiparivattitvā hatthe
vā bāhāyaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅge ḍaṃseyya, so tato nidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya,
maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, alagaddassa. Evameva kho,
bhikkhave, idhekacce moghapuris ā dhamma ṃ pariy āpu ṇanti, sutta ṃ…pe … vedalla ṃ, te ta ṃ
dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti, tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya
atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti, te upārambhānisaṃsā ceva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti,
itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca, yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhonti, tesaṃ te
dhammā duggahitā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave,
dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.238).
Yā pana suggahitā sīlakkhandhādipāripūriṃyeva ākaṅkhamānena pariyāpuṭā, na upārambhādihetu,
ayaṃ nissaraṇatthā.Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya
saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Suggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.239).
Yaṃ pana pariññātakkhandho pahīnakileso bhāvitamaggo paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho
khīṇāsavo kevalaṃ paveṇīpālanatthāya vaṃsānurakkhaṇatthāya pariyāpuṇāti, ayaṃ
bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
Vinaye pana suppaṭipanno bhikkhu sīlasampadaṃ nissāya tisso vijjā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha
pabhedavacanato. Sutte suppa ṭipanno samādhisampadaṃ nissāya cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha
pabhedavacanato. Abhidhamme suppa ṭipanno paññāsampadaṃ nissāya catasso paṭisambhidā pāpuṇāti,
tāsañca tattheva pabhedavacanato, evametesu suppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ
vijjāttayachaḷabhiññācatuppaṭisambhidābhedaṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇāti.
Vinaye pana duppaṭipanno anuññātasukhasamphassaattharaṇapāvuraṇādiphassasāmaññato paṭikkhittesu
upādinnakaphassādīsu anavajjasaññī hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ
ājānāmi, yathā ye me antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti (ma.
ni. 1.234). Tato dussīlabhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sutte duppaṭipanno – ‘‘cattāro me, bhikkhave, puggalā santo
saṃvijjamānā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.5) adhippāyaṃ ajānanto duggahitaṃ gaṇhāti, yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘attanā
duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khaṇati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.236). Tato
micchādiṭṭhitaṃ pāpuṇāti. Abhidhamme duppaṭipanno dhammacintaṃ atidhāvanto acinteyyānipi cinteti.
Tato cittakkhepaṃ pāpuṇāti, vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, acinteyyāni, na cintetabbāni, yāni
cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti (a. ni. 4.77). Evametesu duppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ
dussīlabhāva micchādiṭṭhitā cittakkhepabhedaṃ vipattiṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti.
Ettāvatā ca –
‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti –
Ayampi gāthā vuttatthāva hoti. Evaṃ nānappakārato piṭakāni ñatvā tesaṃ vasenetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ
tividhanti ñātabbaṃ.
Kathaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo,
aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti pañcappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha katamo dīghanikāyo? Tivaggasaṅgahāni
brahmajālādīni catuttiṃsa suttāni.
‘‘Catuttiṃseva suttantā, tivaggo yassa saṅgaho;
Esa dīghanikāyoti, paṭhamo anulomiko’’ti.
Kasmā panesa dīghanikāyoti vuccati? Dīghappamāṇānaṃ suttānaṃ samūhato nivāsato ca.
Samūhanivāsā hi nikāyoti vuccanti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekanikāyampi samanupassāmi evaṃ cittaṃ,
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatā pāṇā’’ (saṃ. ni. 2.100). Poṇikanikāyo cikkhallikanikāyoti evamādīni
cettha sādhakāni sāsanato lokato ca. Evaṃ sesānampi nikāyabhāve vacanattho veditabbo.
Katamo majjhimanikāyo? Majjhimappamāṇāni pañcadasavaggasaṅgahāni mūlapariyāyasuttādīni
diya ḍḍ hasata ṃ dve ca suttāni.
‘‘Diyaḍḍhasatasuttantā, dve ca suttāni yattha so;
Nikāyo majjhimo pañca, dasavaggapariggaho’’ti.
Katamo saṃyuttanikāyo? Devatāsaṃyuttādivasena kathitāni oghataraṇādīni satta suttasahassāni satta
ca suttasatāni dvāsaṭṭhi ca suttāni.
‘‘Sattasuttasahassāni, sattasuttasatāni ca;
Dvāsaṭṭhi ceva suttantā, eso saṃyuttasaṅgaho’’ti.
Katamo aṅguttaranikāyo? Ekekaaṅgātirekavasena kathitāni cittapariyādānādīni nava suttasahassāni
pañca suttasatāni sattapaññāsañca suttāni.
‘‘Nava suttasahassāni, pañca suttasatāni ca;
Sattapaññāsa suttāni, saṅkhyā aṅguttare aya’’nti.
Katamo khuddakanikāyo? Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, khuddakapāṭhādayo ca
pubbe dassitā pañcadasappabhedā, ṭhapetvā cattāro nikāye avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ.
‘‘Ṭhapetvā caturopete, nikāye dīghaādike;
Tadaññaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, nikāyo khuddako mato’’ti.
Evaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ.
Kathaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthā, udānaṃ,
itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallanti navappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha
ubhatovibhaṅganiddesakhandhakaparivārā, suttanipāte maṅgalasuttaratanasuttanālakasuttatuvaṭṭakasuttāni ca
aññampi ca suttanāmakaṃ tathāgatavacanaṃ sutta nti veditabbaṃ. Sabbampi sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyya nti
veditabbaṃ. Visesena saṃyuttake sakalopi sagāthavaggo, sakalampi abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, niggāthakaṃ
suttaṃ, yañca aññampi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi asaṅgahitaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, taṃ veyyākaraṇanti veditabbaṃ.
Dhammapadaṃ, theragāthā, therīgāthā, suttanipāte nosuttanāmikā suddhikagāthā ca gāthāti veditabbā.
Somanassaññāṇamayikagāthā paṭisaṃyuttā dveasīti suttantā udāna nti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Vuttañhetaṃ
bhagavatā’’tiādinayappavattā dasuttarasatasuttantā itivuttaka nti veditabbaṃ. Apaṇṇakajātakādīni
paññ āsādhikāni pañcajātakasatāni ‘jātaka’nti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā
dhammā ānande’’tiādinayappavattā (dī. ni. 2.209) sabbepi acchariyabbhutadhammapaṭisaṃyuttasuttantā
abbhutadhamma nti veditabbaṃ. Cūḷavedalla-mahāvedalla-sammādiṭṭhi-sakkapañha-saṅkhārabhājaniya-
mahāpuṇṇamasuttādayo sabbepi vedañca tuṭṭhiñca laddhā laddhā pucchitasuttantā vedalla nti veditabbaṃ.
Evaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ.
Kathaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ –
‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto;
Caturāsīti sahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino’’ti.
Evaṃ paridīpitadhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ekānusandhikaṃ
suttaṃ eko dhammakkhandho. Yaṃ anekānusandhikaṃ, tattha anusandhivasena dhammakkhandhagaṇanā.
Gāthābandhesu pañhāpucchanaṃ eko dhammakkhandho, vissajjanaṃ eko. Abhidhamme ekamekaṃ
tikadukabhājanaṃ, ekamekañca cittavārabhājanaṃ, ekameko dhammakkhandho. Vinaye atthi vatthu, atthi
mātikā, atthi padabhājanīyaṃ, atthi antarāpatti, atthi āpatti, atthi anāpatti, atthi tikacchedo. Tattha ekameko
koṭṭhāso ekameko dhammakkhandhoti veditabbo. Evaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ.
Evametaṃ abhedato rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, bhedato dhammavinayādivasena duvidhādibhedaṃ
buddhavacana ṃ sa ṅgāyantena mah ākassapappamukhena vas īga ṇena ‘‘ aya ṃ dhammo, aya ṃ vinayo,
idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ
vinayapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, ayaṃ dīghanikāyo…pe… ayaṃ
khuddakanikāyo, imāni suttādīni navaṅgāni, imāni caturāsīti dhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti, imaṃ
pabheda ṃ vavatthapetvāva saṅgītaṃ. Na kevalañca imameva, aññampi uddānasaṅgaha-vaggasaṅgaha-
peyy ālasaṅgaha-ekakanipāta-dukanipātādinipātasaṅgaha-saṃyuttasaṅgaha-paṇṇāsasaṅgahādi-anekavidhaṃ
tīsu piṭakesu sandissamānaṃ saṅgahappabhedaṃ vavatthapetvā eva sattahi māsehi saṅgītaṃ.
Saṅgītipariyosāne cassa – ‘‘idaṃ mahākassapattherena dasabalassa sāsanaṃ
pañcavassasahassaparim āṇakālaṃ pavattanasamatthaṃ kata’’nti sañjātappamodā sādhukāraṃ viya
dadamānā ayaṃ mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā anekappakāraṃ kampi saṅkampi sampakampi
sampavedhi, anekāni ca acchariyāni pāturahesunti, ayaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma. Yā loke –
‘‘Satehi pañcahi katā, tena pañcasatāti ca;
Thereheva katattā ca, therikāti pavuccatī’’ti.
1. Brahmajālasuttavaṇṇanā
Paribbājakakathāvaṇṇanā
Imissā paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyā vattamānāya vinayasaṅgahāvasāne suttantapiṭake ādinikāyassa ādisuttaṃ
brahmajālaṃ pucchantena āyasmatā mahākassapena – ‘‘brahmajālaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti,
evamādivuttavacanapariyosāne yattha ca bhāsitaṃ, yañcārabbha bhāsitaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ pakāsento āyasmā
ānando evaṃ me sutantiādimāha. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘brahmajālassāpi evaṃ me sutantiādikaṃ āyasmatā ānandena
pa ṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttaṃ nidānamādī’’ti.
1. Tattha eva nti nipātapadaṃ. Me tiādīni nāmapadāni. Paṭipanno hotīti ettha paṭīti upasaggapadaṃ,
hotīti ākhyātapadanti. Iminā tāva nayena padavibhāgo veditabbo.
Atthato pana evaṃ-saddo tāva
upamūpadesasampahaṃsanagarahaṇavacanasampaṭiggahākāranidassanāvadhāraṇādianekatthappabhedo.
Tathāhesa – ‘‘evaṃ jātena maccena, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahu’’nti (dha. pa. 53) evamādīsu upamāyaṃ āgato.
‘‘Evaṃ te abhikkamitabbaṃ, evaṃ te paṭikkamitabba’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 4.122) upadese. ‘‘Evametaṃ bhagavā,
evametaṃ sugatā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) sampahaṃsane. ‘‘Evamevaṃ panāyaṃ vasalī yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ vā
tassa muṇḍakassa samaṇakassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.187) garahaṇe. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhanteti kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosu’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.1) vacanasampaṭiggahe. ‘‘Evaṃ byā kho ahaṃ, bhante,
bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.398) ākāre. ‘‘Ehi tvaṃ, māṇavaka, yena samaṇo
ānando tenupasaṅkama, upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena samaṇaṃ ānandaṃ appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ
lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha. ‘‘Subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhavantaṃ ānandaṃ appābādhaṃ
appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’’ti. ‘‘Evañca vadehi, sādhu kira bhavaṃ ānando
yena subhassa māṇavassa todeyyaputtassa nivesanaṃ, tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’tiādīsu (dī.
ni. 1.445) nidassane. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, kālāmā, ime dhammā kusalā vā akusalā vāti? Akusalā, bhante.
Sāvajjā vā anavajjā vāti? Sāvajjā, bhante. Viññugarahitā vā viññuppasatthā vāti? Viññugarahitā, bhante.
Samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti no vā, kathaṃ vo ettha hotīti? Samattā, bhante, samādinnā
ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti, evaṃ no ettha hotī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) avadhāraṇe. Svāyamidha
ākāranidassanāvadhāraṇesu daṭṭhabbo.
Tattha ākāratthena evaṃ-saddena etamatthaṃ dīpeti, nānānayanipuṇamanekajjhāsayasamuṭṭhānaṃ,
atthabyañjanasampannaṃ, vividhapāṭihāriyaṃ, dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīraṃ, sabbasattānaṃ
sakasakabhāsānurūpato sotapathamāgacchantaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ sabbappakārena ko samattho
viññātuṃ, sabbathāmena pana sotukāmataṃ janetvāpi ‘evaṃ me sutaṃ’ mayāpi ekenākārena sutanti.
Nidassanatthena – ‘‘nāhaṃ sayambhū, na mayā idaṃ sacchikata’’nti attānaṃ parimocento – ‘evaṃ me
suta ṃ’, ‘may āpi eva ṃ suta ’nti id āni vattabba ṃ sakala ṃ sutta ṃ nidasseti.
Avadhāraṇatthena – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahussutānaṃ yadidaṃ
ānando, gatimantānaṃ, satimantānaṃ, dhitimantānaṃ, upaṭṭhākānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando’’ti (a. ni. 1.223).
Evaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘āyasmā ānando atthakusalo, dhammakusalo, byañjanakusalo, niruttikusalo,
pubb āparakusalo’’ti (a. ni. 5.169). Evaṃ dhammasenāpatinā ca pasatthabhāvānurūpaṃ attano dhāraṇabalaṃ
dassento sattānaṃ sotukāmataṃ janeti – ‘evaṃ me sutaṃ’, tañca kho atthato vā byañjanato vā
anūnamanadhikaṃ, evameva na aññathā daṭṭhabba’’nti.
Me -saddo tīsu atthesu dissati. Tathā hissa – ‘‘gāthābhigītaṃ me abhojaneyya’’ntiādīsu (su. ni. 81)
mayāti attho. ‘‘Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.88) mayhanti
attho. ‘‘Dhammadāyādā me, bhikkhave, bhavathā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.29) mamāti attho. Idha pana mayā
sutanti ca, mama sutanti ca atthadvaye yujjati.
Suta nti ayaṃ suta -saddo saupasaggo ca anupasaggo ca –gamanavissutakilinna-upacitānuyoga-
sotaviññeyya-sotadvārānusāra-viññātādianekatthappabhedo, tathā hissa ‘‘senāya pasuto’’tiādīsu gacchantoti
attho. ‘‘Sutadhammassa passato’’tiādīsu (udā. 11) vissutadhammassāti attho. ‘‘Avassutā avassutassā’’tiādīsu
(pāci. 657) kilinnākilinnassāti attho. ‘‘Tumhehi puññaṃ pasutaṃ anappaka’’ntiādīsu (khu. pā. 7.12)
upacitanti attho. ‘‘Ye jhānapasutā dhīrā’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 181) jhānānuyuttāti attho. ‘Diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ
muta’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.241) sotaviññeyyanti attho. ‘‘Sutadharo sutasannicayo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.339)
sotadvārānusāraviññātadharoti attho. Idha panassa sotadvārānusārena upadhāritanti vā upadhāraṇanti vāti
attho. ‘Me’ saddassa hi ‘mayā’ti atthe sati ‘evaṃ mayā sutaṃ’ sotadvārānusārena upadhāritanti yujjati.
‘Mamā’ti atthe sati evaṃ mama sutaṃ sotadvārānusārena upadhāraṇanti yujjati.
Evametesu tīsu padesu eva nti sotaviññāṇādiviññāṇakiccanidassanaṃ. Me ti
vuttaviññāṇasamaṅgipuggalanidassanaṃ. Suta nti assavanabhāvapaṭikkhepato
anūnādhikāviparītaggahaṇanidassanaṃ. Tathā eva nti tassā sotadvārānusārena pavattāya viññāṇavīthiyā
nānappakārena ārammaṇe pavattibhāvappakāsanaṃ. Me ti attappakāsanaṃ. Suta nti dhammappakāsanaṃ.
Ayañhettha saṅkhepo – ‘‘nānappakārena ārammaṇe pavattāya viññāṇavīthiyā mayā na aññaṃ kataṃ, idaṃ
pana kata ṃ, ayaṃ dhammo suto’’ti.
Tathā eva nti niddisitabbadhammappakāsanaṃ. Me ti puggalappakāsanaṃ. Suta nti
puggalakiccappak āsanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Yaṃ suttaṃ niddisissāmi, taṃ mayā evaṃ suta’’nti.
Tathā eva nti yassa cittasantānassa nānākārappavattiyā nānatthabyañjanaggahaṇaṃ hoti, tassa
nānākāraniddeso. Eva nti hi ayamākārapaññatti. Me ti kattuniddeso. Suta nti visayaniddeso. Ettāvatā
nānākārappavattena cittasantānena taṃ samaṅgino kattu visayaggahaṇasanniṭṭhānaṃ kataṃ hoti.
Athavā eva nti puggalakiccaniddeso. Suta nti viññāṇakiccaniddeso. Me ti
ubhayakiccayuttapuggalaniddeso. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepo, ‘‘mayā savanakiccaviññāṇasamaṅginā
puggalena viññ āṇavasena laddhasavanakiccavohārena suta’’nti.
Tattha evanti ca meti ca saccikaṭṭhaparamatthavasena avijjamānapaññatti. Kiñhettha taṃ paramatthato
atthi, yaṃ eva nti vā meti vā niddesaṃ labhetha? Sutanti vijjamānapaññatti. Yañhi taṃ ettha sotena
upaladdhaṃ, taṃ paramatthato vijjamānanti. Tathā ‘eva’nti ca, meti ca, taṃ taṃ upādāya vattabbato
upādāpaññatti. ‘Suta’nti diṭṭhādīni upanidhāya vattabbato upanidhāpaññatti. Ettha ca evanti vacanena
asammohaṃ dīpeti. Na hi sammūḷho nānappakārapaṭivedhasamattho hoti. ‘Suta’nti vacanena sutassa
asammosaṃ dīpeti. Yassa hi sutaṃ sammuṭṭhaṃ hoti, na so kālantarena mayā sutanti paṭijānāti. Iccassa
asammohena paññāsiddhi, asammosena pana satisiddhi. Tattha paññāpubbaṅgamāya satiyā
byañjanāvadhāraṇasamatthatā, satipubbaṅgamāya paññāya atthapaṭivedhasamatthatā.
Tadubhayasamatthatāyogena atthabyañjanasampannassa dhammakosassa anupālanasamatthato
dhammabha ṇḍā gārikattasiddhi.
Aparo nayo, evanti vacanena yoniso manasik āra ṃ dīpeti. Ayoniso manasikaroto hi
nānappakārapaṭivedhābhāvato. Sutanti vacanena avikkhepaṃ dīpeti, vikkhittacittassa savanābhāvato. Tathā
hi vikkhittacitto puggalo sabbasampattiyā vuccamānopi ‘‘na mayā sutaṃ, puna bhaṇathā’’ti bhaṇati. Yoniso
manasikārena cettha attasammāpaṇidhiṃ pubbe ca katapuññataṃ sādheti, sammā appaṇihitattassa pubbe
akatapuññassa vā tadabhāvato. Avikkhepena saddhammassavanaṃ sappurisūpanissayañca sādheti. Na hi
vikkhittacitto sotuṃ sakkoti, na ca sappurise anupassayamānassa savanaṃ atthīti.
Aparo nayo, yasmā evanti yassa cittasantānassa nānākārappavattiyā nānatthabyañjanaggahaṇaṃ hoti,
tassa nānākāraniddesoti vuttaṃ, so ca evaṃ bhaddako ākāro na sammāappaṇihitattano pubbe akatapuññassa
vā hoti, tasmā evanti iminā bhaddakenākārena pacchimacakkadvayasampattimattano dīpeti. Sutanti
savanayogena purimacakkadvayasampattiṃ. Na hi appatirūpadese vasato sappurisūpanissayavirahitassa vā
savanaṃ atthi. Iccassa pacchimacakkadvayasiddhiyā āsayasuddhisiddhā hoti, purimacakkadvayasiddhiyā
payogasuddhi, t āya ca āsayasuddhiyā adhigamabyattisiddhi, payogasuddhiyā āgamabyattisiddhi. Iti
payog āsayasuddhassa āgamādhigamasampannassa vacanaṃ aruṇuggaṃ viya sūriyassa udayato yoniso
manasikāro viya ca kusalakammassa arahati bhagavato vacanassa pubbaṅgamaṃ bhavitunti ṭhāne nidānaṃ
ṭhapento – ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādimāha.
Aparo nayo, ‘eva’nti iminā nānappakārapaṭivedhadīpakena vacanena attano
atthapaṭibhānapaṭisambhidāsampattisabbhāvaṃ dīpeti. ‘Suta’nti iminā sotabbappabhedapaṭivedhadīpakena
dhammaniruttipaṭisambhidāsampattisabbhāvaṃ. ‘Eva’nti ca idaṃ yoniso manasikāradīpakaṃ vacanaṃ
bhāsamāno – ‘‘ete mayā dhammā manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā’’ti dīpeti. ‘Suta’nti idaṃ
savanayogadīpakaṃ vacanaṃ bhāsamāno – ‘‘bahū mayā dhammā sutā dhātā vacasā paricitā’’ti dīpeti.
Tadubhayenāpi atthabyañjanapāripūriṃ dīpento savane ādaraṃ janeti. Atthabyañjanaparipuṇṇañhi
dhammaṃ ādarena assuṇanto mahatā hitā paribāhiro hotīti, tasmā ādaraṃ janetvā sakkaccaṃ ayaṃ dhammo
sotabboti.
‘‘Evaṃ me suta’’nti iminā pana sakalena vacanena āyasmā ānando tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammaṃ
attano adahanto asappurisabhūmiṃ atikkamati. Sāvakattaṃ paṭijānanto sappurisabhūmiṃ okkamati. Tathā
asaddhammā cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, saddhamme cittaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti. ‘‘Kevalaṃ sutamevetaṃ mayā, tasseva
bhagavato vacana’’nti dīpento attānaṃ parimoceti, satthāraṃ apadisati, jinavacanaṃ appeti, dhammanettiṃ
pati ṭṭhāpeti.
Apica ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’nti attanā uppāditabhāvaṃ appaṭijānanto purimavacanaṃ vivaranto –
‘‘sammukhā paṭiggahitamidaṃ mayā tassa bhagavato catuvesārajjavisāradassa dasabaladharassa
āsabhaṭṭhānaṭṭhāyino sīhanādanādino sabbasattuttamassa dhammissarassa dhammarājassa dhammādhipatino
dhammadīpassa dhammasaraṇassa saddhammavaracakkavattino sammāsambuddhassa vacanaṃ, na ettha
atthe vā dhamme vā pade vā byañjane vā kaṅkhā vā vimati vā kātabbā’’ti sabbesaṃ devamanussānaṃ
imasmiṃ dhamme assaddhiyaṃ vināseti, saddhāsampadaṃ uppādeti. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
‘‘Vināsayati assaddhaṃ, saddhaṃ vaḍḍheti sāsane;
Evaṃ me sutamiccevaṃ, vadaṃ gotamasāvako’’ti.
Eka nti gaṇanaparicchedaniddeso. Samaya nti paricchinnaniddeso. Ekaṃ samaya nti
aniyamitaparidīpanaṃ. Tattha samaya saddo –
‘‘Samavāye khaṇe kāle, samūhe hetudiṭṭhisu;
Paṭilābhe pahāne ca, paṭivedhe ca dissati’’.
Tathā hissa – ‘‘appevanāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāma kālañca samayañca upādāyā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni.
1.447) samavāyo attho. ‘‘Ekova kho bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni.
8.29) khaṇo. ‘‘Uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo’’tiādīsu (pāci. 358) kālo. ‘‘Mahāsamayo pavanasmi’’ntiādīsu
(dī. ni. 2.332) samūho. ‘‘Samayopi kho te, bhaddāli, appaṭividdho ahosi, bhagavā kho sāvatthiyaṃ viharati,
bhagav āpi ma ṃ jānissati, bhadd āli n āma bhikkhu satthus āsane sikkh āya aparip ūrak ārī’ti. Ayampi kho, te
bhadd āli, samayo appa ṭividdho ahos ī’’ ti ādīsu (ma. ni. 2.135) hetu. ‘‘ Tena kho pana samayena
uggahamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme
pa ṭivasatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.260) diṭṭhi.
‘‘Diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho, yo cattho samparāyiko;
Atthābhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍitoti pavuccatī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.128) –
Ādīsu paṭilābho. ‘‘Sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 7.9) pahānaṃ. ‘‘Dukkhassa
pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho abhisamayaṭṭho’’tiādīsu (paṭi. 108) paṭivedho. Idha
panassa k ālo attho. Tena
saṃvaccharautumāsaḍḍhamāsarattidivapubbaṇhamajjhanhikasāyanhapaṭhamamajjhi-
mapacchimayāmamuhuttādīsu kālappabhedabhūtesu samayesu ekaṃ samayanti dīpeti.
Tattha kiñcāpi etesu saṃvaccharādīsu samayesu yaṃ yaṃ suttaṃ yasmiṃ yasmiṃ saṃvacchare utumhi
māse pakkhe rattibhāge vā divasabhāge vā vuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ therassa suviditaṃ suvavatthāpitaṃ paññāya.
Yasmā pana – ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ’’ asukasaṃvacchare asukautumhi asukamāse asukapakkhe asukarattibhāge
asukadivasabhāge vāti evaṃ vutte na sakkā sukhena dhāretuṃ vā uddisituṃ vā uddisāpetuṃ vā, bahu ca
vattabbaṃ hoti, tasmā ekeneva padena tamatthaṃ samodhānetvā ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti āha. Ye vā ime
gabbhokkantisamayo, jātisamayo, saṃvegasamayo, abhinikkhamanasamayo, dukkarakārikasamayo,
māravijayasamayo, abhisambodhisamayo diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārasamayo, desanāsamayo,
parinibb ānasamayoti, evamādayo bhagavato devamanussesu ativiya pakāsā anekakālappabhedā eva samayā.
Tesu samayesu desanāsamayasaṅkhātaṃ ekaṃ samayanti dīpeti. Yo cāyaṃ ñāṇakaruṇākiccasamayesu
karuṇākiccasamayo, attahitaparahitapaṭipattisamayesu parahitapaṭipattisamayo, sannipatitānaṃ
karaṇīyadvayasamayesu dhammikathāsamayo desanāpaṭipattisamayesu desanāsamayo, tesupi samayesu
aññataraṃ samayaṃ sandhāya ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’ nti āha.
Kasmā panettha yathā abhidhamme ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacara’’nti (dha. sa. 1) ca, ito aññesu ca
suttapadesu – ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehī’’ti ca bhummavacananiddeso kato,
vinaye ca – ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā’’ti karaṇavacanena, tathā akatvā ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti
upayogavacananiddeso katoti? Tattha tathā idha ca aññathā atthasambhavato. Tattha hi abhidhamme ito
aññesu suttapadesu ca adhikaraṇattho bhāvena bhāvalakkhaṇattho ca sambhavati. Adhikaraṇañhi kālattho,
samūhattho ca samayo, tattha tattha vuttānaṃ phassādidhammānaṃ khaṇasamavāyahetusaṅkhātassa ca
samayassa bhāvena tesaṃ bhāvo lakkhīyati, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ tattha bhummavacananiddeso kato.
Vinaye ca hetuattho karaṇattho ca sambhavati. Yo hi so sikkhāpadapaññattisamayo sāriputtādīhipi
dubbiññeyyo, tena samayena hetubhūtena karaṇabhūtena ca sikkhāpadāni paññāpayanto
sikkhāpadapaññattihetuñca apekkhamāno bhagavā tattha tattha vihāsi, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ tattha
karaṇavacanena niddeso kato.
Idha pana aññasmiñca evaṃ jātike accantasaṃyogattho sambhavati. Yañhi samayaṃ bhagavā imaṃ
aññaṃ vā suttantaṃ desesi, accantameva taṃ samayaṃ karuṇāvihārena vihāsi, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ
idha upayogavacananiddeso katoti.
Tenetaṃ vuccati –
‘‘Taṃ taṃ atthamapekkhitvā, bhummena karaṇena ca;
Aññatra samayo vutto, upayogena so idhā’’ti.
Porāṇā pana vaṇṇayanti – ‘‘tasmiṃ samaye’’ti vā, ‘‘tena samayenā’’ti vā, ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti vā,
abhilāpamattabhedo esa, sabbattha bhummamevatthoti. Tasmā ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti vuttepi ‘‘ekasmiṃ
samaye’’ti attho veditabbo.
Bhagavāti garu. Garuñhi loke bhagavāti vadanti. Ayañca sabbaguṇavisiṭṭhatāya sabbasattānaṃ garu,
tasm ā bhagav āti veditabbo. Por āṇ ehipi vutta ṃ –
‘‘Bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, bhagavāti vacanamuttamaṃ;
Garu gāravayutto so, bhagavā tena vuccatī’’ti.
Api ca –
‘‘Bhāgyavā bhaggavā yutto, bhagehi ca vibhattavā;
Bhattavā vantagamano, bhavesu bhagavā tato’’ti.
Imissā gāthāya vasenassa padassa vitthāraattho veditabbo. So ca visuddhimagge buddhānussatiniddese
vuttoyeva.
Ettāvatā cettha evaṃ me suta nti vacanena yathāsutaṃ dhammaṃ dassento bhagavato dhammakāyaṃ
paccakkha ṃ karoti. Tena ‘‘nayidaṃ atikkantasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, ayaṃ vo satthā’’ti satthu adassanena
ukkaṇṭhitaṃ janaṃ samassāseti.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavāti vacanena tasmiṃ samaye bhagavato avijjamānabhāvaṃ dassento
rūpakāyaparinibbānaṃ sādheti. Tena ‘‘evaṃvidhassa nāma ariyadhammassa desako dasabaladharo
vajirasaṅghāta samānakāyo sopi bhagavā parinibbuto, kena aññena jīvite āsā janetabbā’’ti jīvitamadamattaṃ
jana ṃ saṃvejeti, saddhamme cassa ussāhaṃ janeti.
Eva nti ca bhaṇanto desanāsampattiṃ niddisati. Me suta nti sāvakasampattiṃ. Ekaṃ samaya nti
kālasampattiṃ. Bhagavāti desakasampattiṃ.
Antarā ca rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷanda nti antarā-saddo kāraṇakhaṇacittavemajjhavivarādīsu
dissati. ‘‘Tadantaraṃ ko jāneyya aññatra tathāgatā’’ti (a. ni. 6.44) ca, ‘‘janā saṅgamma mantenti mañca tañca
kimantara’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.228) ca ādīsu hi kāraṇe antarā-saddo. ‘‘Addasa maṃ, bhante, aññatarā itthī
vijjantarikāya bhājanaṃ dhovantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.149) khaṇe. ‘‘Yassantarato na santi kopā’’tiādīsu (udā.
20) citte. ‘‘Antarā vosānamāpādī’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 350) vemajjhe. ‘‘Api cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, tapodā dvinnaṃ
mahānirayānaṃ antarikāya āgacchatī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 231) vivare. Svāyamidha vivare vattati, tasmā
rājagahassa ca nāḷandāya ca vivareti evametthattho veditabbo. Antarā-saddena pana yuttattā
upayogavacanaṃ kataṃ. Īdisesu ca ṭhānesu akkharacintakā ‘‘antarā gāmañca nadiñca yātī’’ti evaṃ ekameva
antarāsaddaṃ payujjanti, so dutiyapadenapi yojetabbo hoti, ayojiyamāne upayogavacanaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Idha
pana yojetv āyeva vuttoti.
Addhānamaggappaṭipanno hotīti addhānasaṅkhātaṃ maggaṃ paṭipanno hoti, ‘‘dīghamagga’’nti
attho. Addhānagamanasamayassa hi vibhaṅge ‘‘aḍḍhayojanaṃ gacchissāmīti bhuñjitabba’’ntiādivacanato
(pāci. 218) aḍḍhayojanampi addhānamaggo hoti. Rājagahato pana nāḷandā yojanameva.
Mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhi nti ‘mahatā’ti guṇamahattenapi mahatā, saṅkhyāmahattenapi
mahatā. So hi bhikkhusaṅgho guṇehipi mahā ahosi, appicchatādiguṇasamannāgatattā. Saṅkhyāyapi mahā,
pañcasatasa ṅkhyattā. Bhikkhūnaṃ saṅgho ‘bhikkhusaṅgho’, tena bhikkhusaṅghena.
Diṭṭhisīlasāmaññasaṅghātasaṅkhātena samaṇagaṇenāti attho. Saddhi nti ekato.
Pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehīti pañcamattā etesanti pañcamattāni. Mattāti pamāṇaṃ vuccati, tasmā
yathā ‘‘bhojane mattaññū’’ti vutte ‘‘bhojane mattaṃ jānāti, pamāṇaṃ jānātī’’ti attho hoti, evamidhāpi –
‘‘tesaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ pañcamattā pañcapamāṇa’’nti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Bhikkhūnaṃ satāni
bhikkhusatāni, tehi pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi.
Suppiyopi kho paribbājako ti suppiyo ti tassa nāmaṃ. Pi -kāro maggappaṭipannasabhāgatāya
puggalasampi ṇḍanattho. Kho -kāro padasandhikaro, byañjanasiliṭṭhatāvasena vutto. Paribbājako ti
sañjayassa antev āsī channaparibb ājako. Ida ṃ vutta ṃ hoti – ‘‘ yad ā bhagav ā ta ṃ addh ānamagga ṃ pa ṭipanno,
tad ā suppiyopi paribb ājako pa ṭipanno ahos ī’’ ti. At ītak ālattho hettha hoti -saddo.
Saddhiṃ antevāsinā brahmadattena māṇavenāti – ettha ante vasatīti antevāsī. Samīpacāro
santikāvacaro sissoti attho. Brahmadatto ti tassa nāmaṃ. Māṇavo ti sattopi coropi taruṇopi vuccati.
‘‘Coditā devadūtehi, ye pamajjanti māṇavā;
Te dīgharattaṃ socanti, hīnakāyūpagā narā’’ti. (ma. ni. 3.271) –
Ādīsu hi satto māṇavoti vutto. ‘‘Māṇavehipi samāgacchanti katakammehipi akatakammehipī’’tiādīsu (ma.
ni. 2.149) coro. ‘‘Ambaṭṭho māṇavo, aṅgako māṇavo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.316) taruṇo ‘māṇavo’ti vutto. Idhāpi
ayamevattho. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti – brahmadattena nāma taruṇantevāsinā saddhinti.
Tatrāti tasmiṃ addhānamagge, tesu vā dvīsu janesu. Suda nti nipātamattaṃ. Anekapariyāyenāti
pariy āya-saddo tāva vāradesanākāraṇesu vattati. ‘‘Kassa nu kho, ānanda, ajja pariyāyo bhikkhuniyo
ovaditu’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.398) hi vāre pariyāyasaddo vattati. ‘‘Madhupiṇḍikapariyāyotveva naṃ
dhārehī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.205) desanāyaṃ. ‘‘Imināpi kho, te rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotū’’tiādīsu (dī. ni.
2.411) kāraṇe. Svāyamidhāpi kāraṇe vattati, tasmā ayamettha attho – ‘‘anekavidhena kāraṇenā’’ti, ‘‘bahūhi
kāraṇehī’’ti vuttaṃ hoti.
Buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti avaṇṇavirahitassa aparimāṇavaṇṇasamannāgatassāpi buddhassa
bhagavato – ‘‘yaṃ loke jātivuḍḍhesu kattabbaṃ abhivādanādisāmīcikammaṃ ‘sāmaggiraso’ti vuccati, taṃ
samaṇassa gotamassa natthi tasmā arasarūpo samaṇo gotamo, nibbhogo, akiriyavādo, ucchedavādo,
jegucch ī, venayiko, tapassī, apagabbho. Natthi samaṇassa gotamassa uttarimanussadhammo
alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso. Takkapariyāhataṃ samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ deseti, vīmaṃsānucaritaṃ,
sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ. Samaṇo gotamo na sabbaññū, na lokavidū, na anuttaro, na aggapuggalo’’ti. Evaṃ taṃ
taṃ akāraṇameva kāraṇanti vatvā tathā tathā avaṇṇaṃ dosaṃ nindaṃ bhāsati.
Yathā ca buddhassa, evaṃ dhammassāpi taṃ taṃ akāraṇameva kāraṇato vatvā – ‘‘samaṇassa gotamassa
dhammo durakkhāto, duppaṭivedito, aniyyāniko, anupasamasaṃvattaniko’’ti tathā tathā avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.
Yathā ca dhammassa, evaṃ saṅghassāpi yaṃ vā taṃ vā akāraṇameva kāraṇato vatvā –
‘‘micchāpaṭipanno samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakasaṅgho, kuṭilapaṭipanno, paccanīkapaṭipadaṃ
ananulomapaṭipadaṃ adhammānulomapaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno’’ti tathā tathā avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.
Antevāsī panassa – ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo aparāmasitabbaṃ parāmasati, anakkamitabbaṃ akkamati,
svāyaṃ aggiṃ gilanto viya, hatthena asidhāraṃ parāmasanto viya, muṭṭhinā sineruṃ padāletukāmo viya,
kakacadantapantiyaṃ kīḷamāno viya, pabhinnamadaṃ caṇḍahatthiṃ hatthena gaṇhanto viya ca
vaṇṇārahasseva ratanattayassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsamāno anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇissati. Ācariye kho pana gūthaṃ
vā aggiṃ vā kaṇṭakaṃ vā kaṇhasappaṃ vā akkamante, sūlaṃ vā abhirūhante, halāhalaṃ vā visaṃ khādante,
khārodakaṃ vā pakkhalante, narakapapātaṃ vā papatante, na antevāsinā taṃ sabbamanukātabbaṃ hoti.
Kammassakā hi sattā attano kammānurūpameva gatiṃ gacchanti. Neva pitā puttassa kammena gacchati, na
putto pitu kammena, na m ātā puttassa, na putto mātuyā, na bhātā bhaginiyā, na bhaginī bhātu, na ācariyo
antevāsino, na antevāsī ācariyassa kammena gacchati. Mayhañca ācariyo tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ avaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati, mahāsāvajjo kho panāriyūpavādoti. Evaṃ yoniso ummujjitvā ācariyavādaṃ maddamāno
sammākāraṇameva kāraṇato apadisanto anekapariyāyena tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitumāraddho, yathā
taṃ paṇḍitajātiko kulaputto’’. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘suppiyassa pana paribbājakassa antevāsī brahmadatto māṇavo
anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’ti.
Tattha vaṇṇanti vaṇṇa-saddo saṇṭhāna-jāti-rūpāyatana-kāraṇa-pamāṇa-guṇa-pasaṃsādīsu dissati.
Tattha ‘‘mahantaṃ sapparājavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.142) saṇṭhānaṃ vuccati.
‘‘Brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.402) jāti. ‘‘Paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya
samann āgato ’’ ti ādīsu (d ī. ni. 1.303) r ūpāyatana ṃ.
‘‘ Na har āmi na bhañj āmi, ārā si ṅgh āmi v ārija ṃ;
Atha kena nu vaṇṇena, gandhatthenoti vuccatī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.234) –
Ādīsu kāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Tayo pattassa vaṇṇā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 602) pamāṇaṃ. ‘‘Kadā saññūḷhā pana, te gahapati, ime
samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.77) guṇo. ‘‘Vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni.
2.135) pasaṃsā. Idha guṇopi pasaṃsāpi. Ayaṃ kira taṃ taṃ bhūtameva kāraṇaṃ apadisanto
anekapariyāyena ratanattayassa guṇūpasañhitaṃ pasaṃsaṃ abhāsi. Tattha – ‘‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho’’tiādinā (pārā. 1) nayena, ‘‘ye bhikkhave, buddhe pasannā agge te pasannā’’tiādinā
‘‘ekapuggalo, bhikkhave, loke uppajjamāno uppajjati…pe… asamo asamasamo’’tiādinā (a. ni. 1.174) ca
nayena buddhassa vaṇṇo veditabbo. ‘‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’’ti (dī. ni. 2.159) ca ‘‘ālayasamugghāto
vaṭṭupacchedo’’ti (iti. 90, a. ni. 4.34) ca, ‘‘ye bhikkhave, ariye aṭṭhaṅgike magge pasannā, agge te pasannā’’ti
ca evamādīhi nayehi dhammassa vaṇṇo veditabbo. ‘‘Suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’’ti (dī. ni.
2.159) ca, ‘‘ye, bhikkhave, saṅghe pasannā, agge te pasannā’’ti (a. ni. 4.34) ca evamādīhi pana nayehi
saṅghassa vaṇṇo veditabbo. Pahontena pana dhammakathikena pañcanikāye navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ
caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassāni ogāhitvā buddhādīnaṃ vaṇṇo pakāsetabbo. Imasmiñhi ṭhāne
buddhādīnaṃ guṇe pakāsento atitthena pakkhando dhammakathikoti na sakkā vattuṃ. Īdisesu hi ṭhānesu
dhammakathikassa thāmo veditabbo. Brahmadatto pana māṇavo anussavādimattasambandhitena attano
thāmena ratanattayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.
Itiha te ubho ācariyantevāsīti evaṃ te dve ācariyantevāsikā. Aññamaññassāti añño aññassa.
Ujuvipaccanīkavādāti īsakampi apariharitvā ujumeva vividhapaccanīkavādā, anekavāraṃ viruddhavādā eva
hutvāti attho. Ācariyena hi ratanattayassa avaṇṇe bhāsite antevāsī vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, puna itaro avaṇṇaṃ, itaro
vaṇṇanti evaṃ ācariyo sāraphalake visarukkhaāṇiṃ ākoṭayamāno viya punappunaṃ ratanattayassa avaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati. Antevāsī pana suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimayāya āṇiyā taṃ āṇiṃ paṭibāhayamāno viya punappunaṃ
ratanattayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ujuvipaccanīkavādā’’ti.
Bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti bhikkhusaṅghañcāti bhagavantañca
bhikkhusaṅghañca pacchato pacchato dassanaṃ avijahantā iriyāpathānubandhanena anubandhā honti,
sīsānulokino hutvā anugatā hontīti attho.
Kasmā pana bhagavā taṃ addhānaṃ paṭipanno? Kasmā ca suppiyo anubandho? Kasmā ca so
ratanattayassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti? Bhagavā tāva tasmiṃ kāle rājagahaparivattakesu aṭṭhārasasu
mahāvihāresu aññatarasmiṃ vasitvā pātova sarīrappaṭijagganaṃ katvā bhikkhācāravelāyaṃ
bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto rājagahe piṇḍāya carati. So taṃ divasaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa sulabhapiṇḍapātaṃ katvā
pacch ābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gāhāpetvā – ‘‘nāḷandaṃ gamissāmī’’ti,
rājagahato nikkhamitvā taṃ addhānaṃ paṭipanno. Suppiyopi kho tasmiṃ kāle rājagahaparivattake
aññatarasmiṃ paribbājakārāme vasitvā paribbājakaparivuto rājagahe bhikkhāya carati. Sopi taṃ divasaṃ
paribb ājakaparisāya sulabhabhikkhaṃ katvā bhuttapātarāso paribbājake paribbājakaparikkhāraṃ gāhāpetvā –
nāḷandaṃ gamissāmicceva bhagavato taṃ maggaṃ paṭipannabhāvaṃ ajānantova anubandho. Sace pana
jāneyya nānubandheyya. So ajānitvāva gacchanto gīvaṃ ukkhipitvā olokayamāno bhagavantaṃ addasa
buddhasiriyā sobhamānaṃ rattakambalaparikkhittamiva jaṅgamakanakagirisikharaṃ.
Tasmiṃ kira samaye dasabalassa sarīrato nikkhamitvā chabbaṇṇarasmiyo samantā asītihatthappamāṇe
padese ādhāvanti vidhāvanti ratanāveḷaratanadāmaratanacuṇṇavippakiṇṇaṃ viya,
pas āritaratanacittakañcanapaṭamiva, rattasuvaṇṇarasanisiñcamānamiva, ukkāsatanipātasamākulamiva,
nirantaravippakiṇṇakaṇikārapupphamiva vāyuvegakkhittacīnapiṭṭhacuṇṇamiva,
indadhanuvijjulatātārāgaṇappabhāvisaravipphuritaviccharitamiva ca taṃ vanantaraṃ hoti.
Asīti anubyañjanānurañjitañca pana bhagavato sarīraṃ vikasitakamaluppalamiva, saraṃ
sabbapāliphullamiva pāricchattakaṃ, tārāmarīcivikasitamiva, gaganatalaṃ siriyā avahasantamiva,
byāmappabhāparikkhepavilāsinī cassa dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇamālā ganthetvā ṭhapitadvattiṃsacandamālāya
dvattiṃsasūriyamālāya paṭipāṭiyā
ṭhapitadvattiṃsacakkavattidvattiṃsasakkadevarājadvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ siriṃ siriyā abhibhavantimiva.
Tañca pana bhagavanta ṃ pariv āretv ā ṭ hit ā bhikkh ū sabbeva appicch ā santu ṭṭ hā pavivitt ā asa ṃ sa ṭṭ hā
codakā pāpagarahino vattāro vacanakkhamā sīlasampannā
samādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiññāṇadassanasampannā. Tesaṃ majjhe bhagavā rattakambalapākāraparikkhitto
viya kañcanathambho, rattapadumasaṇḍamajjhagatā viya suvaṇṇanāvā, pavāḷavedikāparikkhitto viya
aggikkhandho, tārāgaṇaparivārito viya puṇṇacando migapakkhīnampi cakkhūni pīṇayati, pageva
devamanussānaṃ. Tasmiñca pana divase yebhuyyena asītimahātherā meghavaṇṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ ekaṃsaṃ
karitvā kattaradaṇḍaṃ ādāya suvammavammitā viya gandhahatthino vigatadosā vantadosā bhinnakilesā
vijaṭitajaṭā chinnabandhanā bhagavantaṃ parivārayiṃsu. So sayaṃ vītarāgo vītarāgehi, sayaṃ vītadoso
vītadosehi, sayaṃ vītamoho vītamohehi, sayaṃ vītataṇho vītataṇhehi, sayaṃ nikkileso nikkilesehi, sayaṃ
buddho anubuddhehi parivārito; pattaparivāritaṃ viya kesaraṃ, kesaraparivāritā viya kaṇṇikā,
aṭṭhanāgasahassaparivārito viya chaddanto nāgarājā, navutihaṃsasahassaparivārito viya dhataraṭṭho
haṃsarājā, senaṅgaparivārito viya cakkavattirājā, devagaṇaparivārito viya sakko devarājā,
brahmagaṇaparivārito viya hārito mahābrahmā, aparimitakālasañcitapuññabalanibbattāya acinteyyāya
anopamāya buddhalīlāya cando viya gaganatalaṃ taṃ maggaṃ paṭipanno hoti.
Athevaṃ bhagavantaṃ anopamāya buddhalīlāya gacchantaṃ bhikkhū ca okkhittacakkhū santindriye
santamānase uparinabhe ṭhitaṃ puṇṇacandaṃ viya bhagavantaṃyeva namassamāne disvāva paribbājako
attano parisaṃ avalokesi. Sā hoti kājadaṇḍake olambetvā
gahitoluggaviluggapiṭṭhakatidaṇḍamorapiñchamattikāpattapasibbakakuṇḍikādianekaparikkhārabhārabharitā.
‘‘Asukassa hatthā sobhaṇā, asukassa pādā’’ti evamādiniratthakavacanā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā adassanīyā
apāsādikā. Tassa taṃ disvā vippaṭisāro udapādi.
Idāni tena bhagavato vaṇṇo vattabbo bhaveyya. Yasmā panesa lābhasakkārahāniyā ceva pakkhahāniyā
ca niccampi bhagavantaṃ usūyati. Aññatitthiyānañhi yāva buddho loke nuppajjati, tāvadeva lābhasakkārā
nibbattanti, buddhuppādato pana paṭṭhāya parihīnalābhasakkārā honti, sūriyuggamane khajjopanakā viya
nissirīkataṃ āpajjanti. Upatissakolitānañca sañjayassa santike pabbajitakāleyeva paribbājakā mahāparisā
ahesuṃ, tesu pana pakkantesu sāpi tesaṃ parisā bhinnā. Iti imehi dvīhi kāraṇehi ayaṃ paribbājako yasmā
niccampi bhagavantaṃ usūyati, tasmā taṃ usūyavisuggāraṃ uggiranto ratanattayassa avaṇṇameva bhāsatīti
veditabbo.
2. Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ rājāgārake ekarattivāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ
bhikkhusaṅghenāti bhagavā tāya buddhalīlāya gacchamāno anupubbena ambalaṭṭhikādvāraṃ pāpuṇitvā
sūriyaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘akālo dāni gantuṃ, atthasamīpaṃ gato sūriyo’’ti ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ rājāgārake
ekarattivāsaṃ upagacchi.
Tattha ambalaṭṭhikāti rañño uyyānaṃ. Tassa kira dvārasamīpe taruṇaambarukkho atthi, taṃ
‘‘ambalaṭṭhikā’’ti vadanti. Tassa avidūre bhavattā uyyānampi ambalaṭṭhikā tveva saṅkhyaṃ gataṃ. Taṃ
chāyūdakasampannaṃ pākāraparikkhittaṃ suyojitadvāraṃ mañjusā viya suguttaṃ. Tattha rañño kīḷanatthaṃ
pa ṭibhānacittavicittaṃ agāraṃ akaṃsu. Taṃ ‘‘rājāgāraka’’nti vuccati.
Suppiyopi kho ti suppiyopi tasmiṃ ṭhāne sūriyaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘akālo dāni gantuṃ, bahū
khuddakamahallakā paribbājakā, bahuparissayo ca ayaṃ maggo corehipi vāḷayakkhehipi vāḷamigehipi.
Ayaṃ kho pana samaṇo gotamo uyyānaṃ paviṭṭho, samaṇassa ca gotamassa vasanaṭṭhāne devatā ārakkhaṃ
gaṇhanti, handāhampi idha ekarattivāsaṃ upagantvā sveva gamissāmī’’ti tadevuyyānaṃ pāvisi. Tato
bhikkhusaṅgho bhagavato vattaṃ dassetvā attano attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhesi. Paribbājakopi
uyyānassa ekapasse paribbājakaparikkhāre otāretvā vāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ attano parisāya.
Pāḷiyamārūḷhavaseneva pana – ‘‘saddhiṃ attano antevāsinā brahmadattena māṇavenā’’ti vuttaṃ.
Evaṃ vāsaṃ upagato pana so paribbājako rattibhāge dasabalaṃ olokesi. Tasmiñca samaye samantā
vippakiṇṇatārakā viya padīpā jalanti, majjhe bhagavā nisinno hoti, bhikkhusaṅgho ca bhagavantaṃ
pariv āretvā. Tattha ekabhikkhussapi hatthakukkuccaṃ vā pādakukkuccaṃ vā ukkāsitasaddo vā khipitasaddo
vā natthi. Sā hi parisā attano ca sikkhitasikkhatāya satthari ca gāravenāti dvīhi kāraṇehi nivāte padīpasikhā
viya niccalā sannisinnāva ahosi. Paribbājako taṃ vibhūtiṃ disvā attano parisaṃ olokesi. Tattha keci hatthaṃ
khipanti, keci p āda ṃ , keci vippalapanti, keci nill ālitajivh ā paggharitakhe ḷā , dante kh ādant ā
kākacchamānā gharugharupassāsino sayanti. So ratanattayassa guṇavaṇṇe vattabbepi issāvasena puna
avaṇṇameva ārabhi. Brahmadatto pana vuttanayeneva vaṇṇaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tatrāpi sudaṃ suppiyo
paribb ājako’’ti sabbaṃ vattabbaṃ. Tattha tatrāpīti tasmimpi, ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ uyyāneti attho.
3 . Sambahulāna nti bahukānaṃ. Tattha vinayapariyāyena tayo janā ‘‘sambahulā’’ti vuccanti. Tato
para ṃ saṅgho. Suttantapariyāyena pana tayo tayova tato paṭṭhāya sambahulā. Idha suttantapariyāyena
‘‘sambahulā’’ti veditabbā. Maṇḍalamāḷeti katthaci dve kaṇṇikā gahetvā haṃsavaṭṭakacchannena katā
kūṭāgārasālāpi ‘‘maṇḍalamāḷo’’ti vuccati, katthaci ekaṃ kaṇṇikaṃ gahetvā thambhapantiṃ parikkhipitvā
katā upaṭṭhānasālāpi ‘‘maṇḍalamāḷo’’ti vuccati. Idha pana nisīdanasālā ‘‘maṇḍalamāḷo’’ti veditabbo.
Sannisinnāna nti nisajjanavasena. Sannipatitāna nti samodhānavasena. Ayaṃ saṅkhiyadhammo ti saṅkhiyā
vuccati kathā, kathādhammoti attho. Udapādīti uppanno. Katamo pana soti? Acchariyaṃ āvusoti evamādi.
Tattha andhassa pabbatārohaṇaṃ viya niccaṃ na hotīti acchariyaṃ.Ayaṃ tāva saddanayo. Ayaṃ pana
aṭṭhakathānayo – accharāyogganti acchariyaṃ.Accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti attho. Abhūtapubbaṃ bhūtanti
abbhutaṃ.Ubhayaṃ petaṃ vimhayassevādhivacanaṃ. Yāvañcida nti yāva ca idaṃ tena suppaṭividitatāya
appameyyattaṃ dasseti.
Tena bhagavatā jānatā…pe… suppaṭividitāti etthāyaṃ saṅkhepattho. Yo so bhagavā samatiṃsa
pāramiyo pūretvā sabbakilese bhañjitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, tena bhagavatā tesaṃ
tesaṃ sattānaṃ āsayānusayaṃ jānatā,hatthatale ṭhapitaṃ āmalakaṃ viya sabbañeyyadhammaṃ passatā.
Api ca pubbenivāsādīhi jānatā,dibbena cakkhunā passatā.Tīhi vijjāhi chahi vā pana abhiññāhi jānatā,
sabbattha appaṭihatena samantacakkhunā passatā. Sabbadhammajānanasamatthāya vā paññāya jānatā,
sabbasattānaṃ cakkhuvisayātītāni tirokuṭṭādigatānipi rūpāni ativisuddhena maṃsacakkhunā passatā.
Attahitasādhikāya vā samādhipadaṭṭhānāya paṭivedhapaññāya jānatā,parahitasādhikāya karuṇāpadaṭṭhānāya
desanāpaññāya passatā.
Arīnaṃ hatattā paccayādīnañca arahattā arahatā.Sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā
sammāsambuddhena antarāyikadhamme vā jānatā,niyyānikadhamme passatā,kilesārīnaṃ hatattā arahatā.
Sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddhenāti. Evaṃ catūvesārajjavasena
catūhākārehi thomitena sattānaṃ nānādhimuttikatānānajjhāsayatā suppaṭividitā yāva ca suṭṭhu paṭividitā.
Idānissa suppaṭividitabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ayañhītiādimāha. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti yā ca ayaṃ bhagavatā
‘‘dhātuso, bhikkhave, sattā saṃsandanti samenti, hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samenti, kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti. Atītampi kho, bhikkhave,
addhānaṃ dhātusova sattā saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu, hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi…pe…
kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu, anāgatampi kho, bhikkhave,
addhānaṃ…pe… saṃsandissanti samessanti, etarahipi kho, bhikkhave, paccuppannaṃ addhānaṃ dhātusova
sattā saṃsandanti samenti, hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi…pe… kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentī’’ti evaṃ sattānaṃ nānādhimuttikatā, nānajjhāsayatā, nānādiṭṭhikatā,
nānākhantitā, nānārucitā, nāḷiyā minantena viya tulāya tulayantena viya ca nānādhimuttikatāñāṇena
sabbaññutaññāṇena viditā, sā yāva suppaṭividitā. Dvepi nāma sattā ekajjhāsayā dullabhā lokasmiṃ.
Ekasmiṃ gantukāme eko ṭhātukāmo hoti, ekasmiṃ pivitukāme eko bhuñjitukāmo. Imesu cāpi dvīsu
ācariyantevāsīsu ayañhi ‘‘suppiyo paribbājako…pe… bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti
bhikkhusaṅghañcā’’ti. Tattha itihameti itiha ime, evaṃ imeti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
4. Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imaṃ saṅkhiyadhammaṃ viditvāti ettha viditvāti
sabbaññutaññāṇena jānitvā. Bhagavā hi katthaci maṃsacakkhunā disvā jānāti – ‘‘addasā kho bhagavā
mahantaṃ dārukkhandhaṃ gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamāna’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.241) viya. Katthaci
dibbacakkhunā disvā jānāti – ‘‘addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā
devatāyo sahassasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni parigaṇhantiyo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.152) viya. Katthaci pakatisotena
sutvā jānāti – ‘‘assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ
kathāsallāpa’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.213) viya. Katthaci dibbasotena sutvā jānāti – ‘‘assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya
sotadh ātuy ā visuddh āya atikkantam ānusik āya sandh ānassa gahapatissa nigrodhena paribb ājakena
saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpa’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.54) viya. Idha pana sabbaññutaññāṇena sutvā aññāsi. Kiṃ
karonto aññāsi? Pacchimayāmakiccaṃ, kiccañca nāmetaṃ sātthakaṃ, niratthakanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tattha
niratthakakiccaṃ bhagavatā bodhipallaṅkeyeva arahattamaggena samugghātaṃ kataṃ. Sātthakaṃyeva pana
bhagavato kiccaṃ hoti. Taṃ pañcavidhaṃ – purebhattakiccaṃ, pacchābhattakiccaṃ, purimayāmakiccaṃ,
majjhimayāmakiccaṃ, pacchimayāmakiccanti.
Tatridaṃ purebhattakiccaṃ –
Bhagavā hi pātova uṭṭhāya upaṭṭhākānuggahatthaṃ sarīraphāsukatthañca
mukhadhovanādisarīraparikammaṃ katvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā tāva vivittāsane vītināmetvā,
bhikkhācāravelāyaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā pattamādāya kadāci ekako,
kadāci bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto, gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati; kadāci pakatiyā, kadāci anekehi
pāṭihāriyehi vattamānehi. Seyyathidaṃ, piṇḍāya pavisato lokanāthassa purato purato gantvā mudugatavātā
pathavi ṃ sodhenti, valāhakā udakaphusitāni muñcantā magge reṇuṃ vūpasametvā upari vitānaṃ hutvā
tiṭṭhanti, apare vātā pupphāni upasaṃharitvā magge okiranti, unnatā bhūmippadesā onamanti, onatā
unnamanti, pādanikkhepasamaye samāva bhūmi hoti, sukhasamphassāni padumapupphāni vā pāde
sampaṭicchanti. Indakhīlassa anto ṭhapitamatte dakkhiṇapāde sarīrato chabbaṇṇarasmiyo nikkhamitvā
suvaṇṇarasapiñjarāni viya citrapaṭaparikkhittāni viya ca pāsādakūṭāgārādīni alaṅkarontiyo ito cito ca
dhāvanti, hatthiassavihaṅgādayo sakasakaṭṭhānesu ṭhitāyeva madhurenākārena saddaṃ karonti, tathā
bherivīṇādīni tūriyāni manussānañca kāyūpagāni ābharaṇāni. Tena saññāṇena manussā jānanti – ‘‘ajja
bhagavā idha piṇḍāya paviṭṭho’’ti. Te sunivatthā supārutā gandhapupphādīni ādāya gharā nikkhamitvā
antaravīthiṃ paṭipajjitvā bhagavantaṃ gandhapupphādīhi sakkaccaṃ pūjetvā vanditvā – ‘‘amhākaṃ, bhante,
dasa bhikkhū, amhākaṃ vīsati, paññāsaṃ…pe… sataṃ dethā’’ti yācitvā bhagavatopi pattaṃ gahetvā āsanaṃ
paññapetv ā sakkaccaṃ piṇḍapātena paṭimānenti. Bhagavā katabhattakicco tesaṃ sattānaṃ cittasantānāni
oloketvā tathā dhammaṃ deseti, yathā keci saraṇagamanesu patiṭṭhahanti, keci pañcasu sīlesu, keci
sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiphalānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ; keci pabbajitvā aggaphale arahatteti. Evaṃ
mahājanaṃ anuggahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ gacchati. Tattha gantvā maṇḍalamāḷe paññattavarabuddhāsane
nisīdati, bhikkhūnaṃ bhattakiccapariyosānaṃ āgamayamāno. Tato bhikkhūnaṃ bhattakiccapariyosāne
upaṭṭhāko bhagavato nivedeti. Atha bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisati. Idaṃ tāva purebhattakiccaṃ.
Atha bhagavā evaṃ katapurebhattakicco gandhakuṭiyā upaṭṭhāne nisīditvā pāde pakkhāletvā pādapīṭhe
ṭhatvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ovadati – ‘‘bhikkhave, appamādena sampādetha, dullabho buddhuppādo lokasmiṃ,
dullabho manussattapaṭilābho, dullabhā sampatti, dullabhā pabbajjā, dullabhaṃ saddhammassavana’’nti.
Tattha keci bhagavantaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchanti. Bhagavāpi tesaṃ cariyānurūpaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ deti.
Tato sabbepi bhagavantaṃ vanditvā attano attano rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānāni gacchanti. Keci araññaṃ, keci
rukkhamūlaṃ, keci pabbatādīnaṃ aññataraṃ, keci cātumahārājikabhavanaṃ…pe… keci
vasavattibhavananti. Tato bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā sace ākaṅkhati, dakkhiṇena passena sato
sampajāno muhuttaṃ sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti. Atha samassāsitakāyo vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyabhāge lokaṃ voloketi.
Tatiyabhāge yaṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati tattha mahājano purebhattaṃ dānaṃ datvā
pacch ābhattaṃ sunivattho supāruto gandhapupphādīni ādāya vihāre sannipatati. Tato bhagavā
sampattaparisāya anurūpena pāṭihāriyena gantvā dhammasabhāyaṃ paññattavarabuddhāsane nisajja
dhammaṃ deseti kālayuttaṃ samayayuttaṃ, atha kālaṃ viditvā parisaṃ uyyojeti, manussā bhagavantaṃ
vanditvā pakkamanti. Idaṃ pacchābhattakiccaṃ.
So evaṃ niṭṭhitapacchābhattakicco sace gattāni osiñcitukāmo hoti, buddhāsanā vuṭṭhāya
nhānakoṭṭhakaṃ pavisitvā upaṭṭhākena paṭiyāditaudakena gattāni utuṃ gaṇhāpeti. Upaṭṭhākopi buddhāsanaṃ
ānetvā gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññapeti. Bhagavā surattadupaṭṭaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā
uttarāsaṅgaṃ ekaṃsaṃ karitvā tattha gantvā nisīdati ekakova muhuttaṃ paṭisallīno, atha bhikkhū tato tato
āgamma bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti. Tattha ekacce pañhaṃ pucchanti, ekacce kammaṭṭhānaṃ, ekacce
dhammassavanaṃ yācanti. Bhagavā tesaṃ adhippāyaṃ sampādento purimayāmaṃ vītināmeti. Idaṃ
purimay āmakicca ṃ.
Purimay āmakiccapariyos āne pana bhikkh ūsu bhagavanta ṃ vanditv ā pakkantesu
sakaladasasahassilokadhātudevatāyo okāsaṃ labhamānā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchanti,
yathābhisaṅkhataṃ antamaso caturakkharampi. Bhagavā tāsaṃ devatānaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjento
majjhimayāmaṃ vītināmeti. Idaṃ majjhimayāmakiccaṃ.
Pacchimayāmaṃ pana tayo koṭṭhāse katvā purebhattato paṭṭhāya nisajjāya pīḷitassa sarīrassa
kilāsubhāvamocanatthaṃ ekaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ caṅkamena vītināmeti. Dutiyakoṭṭhāse gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā
dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajāno sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti. Tatiyakoṭṭhāse paccuṭṭhāya nisīditvā
purimabuddh ānaṃ santike dānasīlādivasena katādhikārapuggaladassanatthaṃ buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ
voloketi. Idaṃ pacchimayāmakiccaṃ.
Tasmiṃ pana divase bhagavā purebhattakiccaṃ rājagahe pariyosāpetvā pacchābhatte maggaṃ āgato,
purimay āme bhikkhūnaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā, majjhimayāme devatānaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjetvā,
pacchimay āme caṅkamaṃ āruyha caṅkamamāno pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ imaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ
ārabbha pavattaṃ kathaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇeneva sutvā aññāsīti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘pacchimayāmakiccaṃ
karonto aññāsī’’ti.
Ñatvā ca panassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime bhikkhū mayhaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ ārabbha guṇaṃ kathenti,
etesañca sabbaññutaññāṇakiccaṃ na pākaṭaṃ, mayhameva pākaṭaṃ. Mayi pana gate ete attano kathaṃ
nirantaraṃ ārocessanti, tato nesaṃ ahaṃ taṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā tividhaṃ sīlaṃ vibhajanto, dvāsaṭṭhiyā
ṭhānesu appaṭivattiyaṃ sīhanādaṃ nadanto, paccayākāraṃ samodhānetvā buddhaguṇe pākaṭe katvā, sineruṃ
ukkhipento viya suvaṇṇakūṭena nabhaṃ paharanto viya ca dasasahassilokadhātukampanaṃ
brahmajālasuttantaṃ arahattanikūṭena niṭṭhāpento desessāmi, sā me desanā parinibbutassāpi
pañcavassasahass āni sattānaṃ amatamahānibbānaṃ sampāpikā bhavissatī’’ti. Evaṃ cintetvā yena
maṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkamīti. Yenāti yena disābhāgena, so upasaṅkamitabbo. Bhummatthe vā etaṃ
karaṇavacanaṃ, yasmiṃ padese so maṇḍalamāḷo, tattha gatoti ayamettha attho.
Paññatte āsane nisīdīti buddhakāle kira yattha yattha ekopi bhikkhu viharati sabbattha buddhāsanaṃ
paññattameva hoti. Kasm ā? Bhagavā kira attano santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā phāsukaṭṭhāne viharante
manasi karoti – ‘‘asuko mayhaṃ santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā gato, sakkhissati nu kho visesaṃ
nibbattetuṃ no vā’’ti. Atha naṃ passati kammaṭṭhānaṃ vissajjetvā akusalavitakkaṃ vitakkayamānaṃ, tato
‘‘kathañhi nāma mādisassa satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā viharantaṃ imaṃ kulaputtaṃ
akusalavitakkā abhibhavitvā anamatagge vaṭṭadukkhe saṃsāressantī’’ti tassa anuggahatthaṃ tattheva
attānaṃ dassetvā taṃ kulaputtaṃ ovaditvā ākāsaṃ uppatitvā puna attano vasanaṭṭhānameva gacchati.
Athevaṃ ovadiyamānā te bhikkhū cintayiṃsu – ‘‘satthā amhākaṃ manaṃ jānitvā āgantvā amhākaṃ samīpe
ṭhitaṃyeva attānaṃ dasseti’’. Tasmiṃ khaṇe – ‘‘bhante, idha nisīdatha, idha nisīdathā’’ti āsanapariyesanaṃ
nāma bhāroti. Te āsanaṃ paññapetvāva viharanti. Yassa pīṭhaṃ atthi, so taṃ paññapeti. Yassa natthi, so
mañcaṃ vā phalakaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā pāsāṇaṃ vā vālukapuñjaṃ vā paññapeti. Taṃ alabhamānā
pur āṇapaṇṇānipi saṅkaḍḍhitvā tattha paṃsukūlaṃ pattharitvā ṭhapenti. Idha pana rañño nisīdanāsanameva
atthi, taṃ papphoṭetvā paññapetvā parivāretvā te bhikkhū bhagavato adhimuttikañāṇamārabbha guṇaṃ
thomayamānā nisīdiṃsu. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘paññatte āsane nisīdī’’ti.
Evaṃ nisinno pana jānantoyeva kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ bhikkhū pucchi. Te cassa sabbaṃ kathayiṃsu.
Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘nisajja kho bhagavā’’tiādi. Tattha kāya nutthāti katamāya nu kathāya sannisinnā bhavathāti
attho. Kāya netthātipi pāḷi, tassā katamāya nu etthāti attho kāya notthātipi pāḷi. Tassāpi purimoyeva attho.
Antarākathāti, kammaṭṭhānamanasikārauddesaparipucchādīnaṃ antarā aññā ekā kathā. Vippakatāti,
mama āgamanapaccayā apariniṭṭhitā sikhaṃ appattā. Tena kiṃ dasseti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ tumhākaṃ
kathābhaṅgatthaṃ āgato, ahaṃ pana sabbaññutāya tumhākaṃ kathaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā matthakappattaṃ katvā
dassāmīti āgato’’ti nisajjeva sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavāreti. Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, antarākathā vippakatā,
atha bhagavā anuppatto ti etthāpi ayamadhippāyo. Ayaṃ bhante amhākaṃ bhagavato sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ
ārabbha guṇakathā vippakatā, na rājakathādikā tiracchānakathā, atha bhagavā anuppatto; taṃ no idāni
niṭṭhāpetvā desethāti.
Ett āvat ā ca ya ṃ ā yasmat ā ā nandena kamalakuvalayujjalavimalas ādhurasasalil āya pokkhara ṇiy ā
sukhāvataraṇatthaṃ nimmalasilātalaracanavilāsasobhitaratanasopānaṃ,
vippakiṇṇamuttātalasadisavālukākiṇṇapaṇḍarabhūmibhāgaṃ titthaṃ viya
suvibhattabhittivicitravedikāparikkhittassa nakkhattapathaṃ phusitukāmatāya viya, vijambhitasamussayassa
pāsādavarassa sukhārohaṇatthaṃ
dantamayasaṇhamuduphalakakañcanalatāvinaddhamaṇigaṇappabhāsamudayujjalasobhaṃ sopānaṃ viya,
suvaṇṇavalayanūpurādisaṅghaṭṭanasaddasammissitakathitahasitamadhurassaragehajanavicaritassa
uḷārissarivibhavasobhitassa mahāgharassa sukhappavesanatthaṃ
suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimuttapavāḷādijutivissaravijjotitasuppatiṭṭhitavisāladvārabāhaṃ mahādvāraṃ viya ca
atthabyañjanasampannassa buddhaguṇānubhāvasaṃsūcakassa imassa suttassa sukhāvagahaṇatthaṃ
kāladesadesakavatthuparisāpadesapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ nidānaṃ bhāsitaṃ, tassatthavaṇṇanā samattāti.
5. Idāni – ‘‘mamaṃ vā, bhikkhave, pare avaṇṇaṃ bhāseyyu’’ntiādinā nayena bhagavatā nikkhittassa
suttassa vaṇṇanāya okāso anuppatto. Sā panesā suttavaṇṇanā. Yasmā suttanikkhepaṃ vicāretvā vuccamānā
pākaṭā hoti, tasmā suttanikkhepaṃ tāva vicārayissāma. Cattāro hi suttanikkhepā – attajjhāsayo, parajjhāsayo,
pucch āvasiko, aṭṭhuppattikoti.
Tattha yāni suttāni bhagavā parehi anajjhiṭṭho kevalaṃ attano ajjhāsayeneva kathesi; seyyathidaṃ,
ākaṅkheyyasuttaṃ, vatthasuttaṃ, mahāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ, mahāsaḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttaṃ, ariyavaṃsasuttaṃ,
sammappadhānasuttantahārako, iddhipādaindriyabalabojjhaṅgamaggaṅgasuttantahārakoti evamādīni; tesaṃ
attajjhāsayo nikkhepo.
Yāni pana ‘‘paripakkā kho rāhulassa vimuttiparipācaniyā dhammā; yaṃnūnāhaṃ rāhulaṃ uttariṃ
āsavānaṃ khaye vineyya’’nti; (saṃ. ni. 4.121) evaṃ paresaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ khantiṃ manaṃ abhinīhāraṃ
bujjhanabhāvañca avekkhitvā parajjhāsayavasena kathitāni; seyyathidaṃ, cūḷarāhulovādasuttaṃ,
mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ, dhammacakkappavattanaṃ, dhātuvibhaṅgasuttanti evamādīni; tesaṃ parajjhāsayo
nikkhepo.
Bhagavantaṃ pana upasaṅkamitvā catasso parisā, cattāro vaṇṇā, nāgā, supaṇṇā, gandhabbā, asurā,
yakkhā, mahārājāno, tāvatiṃsādayo devā, mahābrahmāti evamādayo – ‘‘bojjhaṅgā bojjhaṅgā’’ti, bhante,
vuccanti. ‘‘Nīvaraṇā nīvaraṇā’’ti, bhante, vuccanti; ‘‘ime nu kho, bhante, pañcupādānakkhandhā’’. ‘‘Kiṃ
sūdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭha’’ntiādinā nayena pañhaṃ pucchanti. Evaṃ puṭṭhena bhagavatā yāni kathitāni
bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttādīni, yāni vā panaññānipi devatāsaṃyutta-mārasaṃyutta-brahmasaṃyutta-sakkapañha-
cūḷavedalla-mahāvedalla-sāmaññaphala-āḷavaka-sūciloma-kharalomasuttādīni; tesaṃ pucchāvasiko
nikkhepo.
Yāni pana tāni uppannaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicca kathitāni, seyyathidaṃ – dhammadāyādaṃ, cūḷasīhanādaṃ,
candūpamaṃ, puttamaṃsūpamaṃ, dārukkhandhūpamaṃ, aggikkhandhūpamaṃ, pheṇapiṇḍūpamaṃ,
pāricchattakūpamanti evamādīni; tesaṃ aṭṭhuppattiko nikkhepo.
Evametesu catūsu nikkhepesu imassa suttassa aṭṭhuppattiko nikkhepo. Aṭṭhuppattiyā hi idaṃ bhagavatā
nikkhittaṃ. Katarāya aṭṭhuppattiyā? Vaṇṇāvaṇṇe. Ācariyo ratanattayassa avaṇṇaṃ abhāsi, antevāsī vaṇṇaṃ.
Iti imaṃ vaṇṇāvaṇṇaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā desanākusalo bhagavā – ‘‘mamaṃ vā, bhikkhave, pare avaṇṇaṃ
bhāseyyu’’nti desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha mama nti, sāmivacanaṃ, mamāti attho. Vāsaddo vikappanattho.
Pareti, paṭiviruddhā sattā. Tatrāti ye avaṇṇaṃ vadanti tesu.
Na āghātotiādīhi kiñcāpi tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āghātoyeva natthi, atha kho āyatiṃ kulaputtānaṃ īdisesupi
ṭhānesu akusaluppattiṃ paṭisedhento dhammanettiṃ ṭhapeti. Tattha āhanati cittanti ‘āghāto’;kopassetaṃ
adhivacanaṃ. Appatītā honti tena atuṭṭhā asomanassikāti appaccayo; domanassassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Neva
attano na paresaṃ hitaṃ abhirādhayatīti anabhiraddhi; kopassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Evamettha dvīhi padehi
saṅkhārakkhandho, ekena vedanākkhandhoti dve khandhā vuttā. Tesaṃ vasena sesānampi
sampayuttadhammānaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭikkhittameva.
Dīghanikāye
Sīlakkhandhavaggaṭṭhakathā
Ganthārambhakathā
Karuṇāsītalahadayaṃ, paññāpajjotavihatamohatamaṃ;
Sanarāmaralokagaruṃ, vande sugataṃgativimuttaṃ.
Buddhopi buddhabhāvaṃ, bhāvetvā ceva sacchikatvā ca;
Yaṃ upagato gatamalaṃ, vande tamanuttaraṃ dhammaṃ.
Sugatassa orasānaṃ, puttānaṃ mārasenamathanānaṃ;
Aṭṭhannampi samūhaṃ, sirasā vande ariyasaṅghaṃ.
Iti me pasannamatino, ratanattayavandanāmayaṃ puññaṃ;
Yaṃ suvihatantarāyo, hutvā tassānubhāvena.
Dīghassa dīghasuttaṅkitassa, nipuṇassa āgamavarassa;
Buddhānubuddhasaṃvaṇṇitassa, saddhāvahaguṇassa.
Atthappakāsanatthaṃ, aṭṭhakathā ādito vasisatehi;
Pañcahi yā saṅgītā, anusaṅgītā ca pacchāpi.
Sīhaḷadīpaṃ pana ābhatātha, vasinā mahāmahindena;
Ṭhapitā sīhaḷabhāsāya, dīpavāsīnamatthāya.
Apanetvāna tatohaṃ, sīhaḷabhāsaṃ manoramaṃ bhāsaṃ;
Tantinayānucchavikaṃ, āropento vigatadosaṃ.
Samayaṃ avilomento, therānaṃ theravaṃsapadīpānaṃ;
Sunipuṇavinicchayānaṃ, mahāvihāre nivāsīnaṃ.
Hitvā punappunāgatamatthaṃ, atthaṃ pakāsayissāmi;
Sujanassa ca tuṭṭhatthaṃ, ciraṭṭhitatthañca dhammassa.
Sīlakathā dhutadhammā, kammaṭṭhānāni ceva sabbāni;
Cariyāvidhānasahito, jhānasamāpattivitthāro.
Sabbā ca abhiññāyo, paññāsaṅkalananicchayo ceva;
Khandhadhātāyatanindriyāni, ariyāni ceva cattāri.
Saccāni paccayākāradesanā, suparisuddhanipuṇanayā;
Avimuttatantimaggā, vipassanā bhāvanā ceva.
Iti pana sabbaṃ yasmā, visuddhimagge mayā suparisuddhaṃ;
Vutta ṃ tasm ā bhiyyo, na ta ṃ idha vic ārayiss āmi.
‘‘Majjhe visuddhimaggo, esa catunnampi āgamānañhi;
Ṭhatvā pakāsayissati, tattha yathā bhāsitaṃ atthaṃ’’.
Icceva kato tasmā, tampi gahetvāna saddhimetāya;
Aṭṭhakathāya vijānatha, dīghāgamanissitaṃ atthanti.
Nidānakathā
Tattha dīghāgamo nāma sīlakkhandhavaggo, mahāvaggo, pāthikavaggoti vaggato tivaggo hoti; suttato
catuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho. Tassa vaggesu sīlakkhandhavaggo ādi, suttesu brahmajālaṃ.Brahmajālassāpi
‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādikaṃ āyasmatā ānandena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttaṃ nidānamādi.
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma cesā kiñcāpi vinayapiṭake tantimārūḷhā, nidānakosallatthaṃ pana idhāpi
evaṃ veditabbā. Dhammacakkappavattanañhi ādiṃ katvā yāva subhaddaparibbājakavinayanā
katabuddhakicce, kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane yamakasālānamantare visākhapuṇṇamadivase
pacc ūsasamaye anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbute bhagavati lokanāthe, bhagavato
dhātubhājanadivase sannipatitānaṃ sattannaṃ bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ saṅghatthero āyasmā mahākassapo
sattāhaparinibbute bhagavati subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha,
sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena, upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti, idāni
pana maya ṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma na taṃ karissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 437)
vuttavacanamanussaranto, īdisassa ca saṅghasannipātassa puna dullabhabhāvaṃ maññamāno, ‘‘ṭhānaṃ kho
paneta ṃ vijjati, yaṃ pāpabhikkhū ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacana’nti maññamānā pakkhaṃ labhitvā nacirasseva
saddhammaṃ antaradhāpeyyuṃ, yāva ca dhammavinayo tiṭṭhati, tāva anatītasatthukameva pāvacanaṃ hoti.
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
‘Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā’ti (dī.
ni. 2.216).
‘Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyaṃ, yathayidaṃ sāsanaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa
ciraṭṭhitikaṃ’.
Yañcāhaṃ bhagavatā –
‘Dhāressasi pana me tvaṃ, kassapa, sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānī’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) vatvā
cīvare sādhāraṇaparibhogena.
‘Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi
savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; kassapopi,
bhikkhave, yāvadeva, ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ
savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.152).
Evamādinā nayena navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññāppabhede uttarimanussadhamme attanā
samasamaṭṭhapanena ca anuggahito, tathā ākāse pāṇiṃ cāletvā alaggacittatāya ceva candopamapaṭipadāya ca
pasa ṃsito, tassa kimaññaṃ āṇaṇyaṃ bhavissati. Nanu maṃ bhagavā rājā viya
sakakavacaissariyānuppadānena attano kulavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpakaṃ puttaṃ ‘saddhammavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpako
me ayaṃ bhavissatī’ti, mantvā iminā asādhāraṇena anuggahena anuggahesi, imāya ca uḷārāya pasaṃsāya
pasa ṃsīti cintayanto dhammavinayasaṅgāyanatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesi. Yathāha –
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘ekamidāhaṃ, āvuso, samayaṃ pāvāya
kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi
bhikkhusateh ī’’ ti (c ūḷ ava. 437) sabba ṃ subhaddaka ṇḍ aṃvitth ārato veditabba ṃ . Attha ṃ panassa
mah āparinibb ānāvas āne āgata ṭṭ hāneyeva kathayiss āma.
Tato paraṃ āha –
‘‘Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyāma, pure adhammo dippati, dhammo
paṭibāhiyyati; pure avinayo dippati, vinayo paṭibāhiyyati; pure adhammavādino balavanto honti,
dhammavādino dubbalā honti, pure avinayavādino balavanto honti, vinayavādino dubbalā hontī’’ti
(cūḷava. 437).
Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘tena hi, bhante, thero bhikkhū uccinatū’’ti. Thero pana
sakalanavaṅgasatthusāsanapariyattidhare puthujjanasotāpannasakadāgāmianāgāmi sukkhavipassaka
khīṇāsavabhikkhū anekasate, anekasahasse ca vajjetvā tipiṭakasabbapariyattippabhedadhare
pa ṭisambhidāppatte mahānubhāve yebhuyyena bhagavato etadaggaṃ āropite tevijjādibhede
khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva ekūnapañcasate pariggahesi. Ye sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āyasmā
mahākassapo ekenūnāni pañca arahantasatāni uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
Kissa pana thero ekenūnamakāsīti? Āyasmato ānandattherassa okāsakaraṇatthaṃ. Tenahāyasmatā
sahāpi, vināpi, na sakkā dhammasaṅgītiṃ kātuṃ. So hāyasmā sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tasmā sahāpi na sakkā.
Yasmā panassa kiñci dasabaladesitaṃ suttageyyādikaṃ appaccakkhaṃ nāma natthi. Yathāha –
‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto;
Caturāsīti sahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino’’ti. (theragā. 1027);
Tasmā vināpi na sakkā.
Yadi evaṃ sekkhopi samāno dhammasaṅgītiyā bahukārattā therena uccinitabbo assa, atha kasmā na
uccinitoti? Parūpavādavivajjanato. Thero hi āyasmante ānande ativiya vissattho ahosi, tathā hi naṃ sirasmiṃ
palitesu j ātesupi ‘na vāyaṃ kumārako mattamaññāsī’ti, (saṃ. ni. 2.154) kumārakavādena ovadati.
Sakyakulappasuto cāyasmā tathāgatassa bhātā cūḷapituputto. Tattha keci bhikkhū chandāgamanaṃ viya
maññamānā – ‘‘bahū asekkhapaṭisambhidāppatte bhikkhū ṭhapetvā ānandaṃ sekkhapaṭisambhidāppattaṃ
thero uccinī’’ti upavadeyyuṃ. Taṃ parūpavādaṃ parivajjento, ‘ānandaṃ vinā dhammasaṅgītiṃ na sakkā
kātuṃ, bhikkhūnaṃyeva naṃ anumatiyā gahessāmī’ti na uccini.
Atha sayameva bhikkhū ānandassatthāya theraṃ yāciṃsu. Yathāha –
‘‘Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā ānando kiñcāpi
sekkho abhabbo chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ, bahu cānena bhagavato santike dhammo
ca vinayo ca pariyatto, tena hi, bhante, thero āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinatū’ti. Atha kho āyasmā
mahākassapo āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
Evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā uccinitena tenāyasmatā saddhiṃ pañcatherasatāni ahesuṃ.
Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho mayaṃ dhammañca vinayañca
saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti? Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘rājagahaṃ kho mahāgocaraṃ
pah ūtasenāsanaṃ, yaṃnūna mayaṃ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma, na aññe
bhikkhū rājagahe vassaṃ upagaccheyyu’’nti (cūḷava. 437).
Kasmā pana nesaṃ etadahosi? ‘‘Idaṃ pana amhākaṃ thāvarakammaṃ, koci visabhāgapuggalo
saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā ukkoṭeyyā’’ti. Athāyasmā mahākassapo ñattidutiyena kammena sāvesi –
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho imāni pañca bhikkhusatāni
sammanneyya rājagahe vassaṃ vasantāni dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi
rājagahe vassa ṃ vasitabba ’’ nti. Es ā ñatti.
‘‘ Su ṇā tu me, āvuso sa ṅgho, sa ṅgho im āni pañcabhikkhusat āni sammanna ’’ ti ‘rājagahe vassa ṃ
vasantāni dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi rājagahe vassaṃ vasitabbanti.
Yassāyasmato khamati imesaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ sammuti’ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantānaṃ
dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi rājagahe vassaṃ vasitabbanti, so tuṇhassa;
yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
‘‘Sammatāni saṅghena imāni pañcabhikkhusatāni rājagahe vassaṃ vasantāni dhammañca
vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi rājagahe vassaṃ vasitabbanti, khamati saṅghassa, tasmā
tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti (cūḷava. 438).
Ayaṃ pana kammavācā tathāgatassa parinibbānato ekavīsatime divase katā. Bhagavā hi
visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ paccūsasamaye parinibbuto, athassa sattāhaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ sarīraṃ gandhamālādīhi
pūjayiṃsu. Evaṃ sattāhaṃ sādhukīḷanadivasā nāma ahesuṃ. Tato sattāhaṃ citakāya agginā jhāyi, sattāhaṃ
sattipañjaraṃ katvā sandhāgārasālāyaṃ dhātupūjaṃ kariṃsūti, ekavīsati divasā gatā.
Jeṭṭhamūlasukkapakkhapañcamiyaṃyeva dhātuyo bhājayiṃsu. Etasmiṃ dhātubhājanadivase sannipatitassa
mahābhikkhusaṅghassa subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena kataṃ anācāraṃ ārocetvā vuttanayeneva ca bhikkhū
uccinitvā ayaṃ kammavācā katā.
Imañca pana kammavācaṃ katvā thero bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso, idāni tumhākaṃ cattālīsa divasā
okāso kato, tato paraṃ ‘ayaṃ nāma no palibodho atthī’ti, vattuṃ na labbhā, tasmā etthantare yassa
rogapalibodho vā ācariyupajjhāyapalibodho vā mātāpitupalibodho vā atthi, pattaṃ vā pana pacitabbaṃ,
cīvaraṃ vā kātabbaṃ, so taṃ palibodhaṃ chinditvā taṃ karaṇīyaṃ karotū’’ti.
Evañca pana vatvā thero attano pañcasatāya parisāya parivuto rājagahaṃ gato. Aññepi mahātherā attano
attano parivāre gahetvā sokasallasamappitaṃ mahājanaṃ assāsetukāmā taṃ taṃ disaṃ pakkantā.
Puṇṇatthero pana sattasatabhikkhuparivāro ‘tathāgatassa parinibbānaṭṭhānaṃ āgatāgataṃ mahājanaṃ
assāsessāmī’ti kusinārāyaṃyeva aṭṭhāsi.
Āyasmā ānando yathā pubbe aparinibbutassa, evaṃ parinibbutassāpi bhagavato sayameva
pattac īvaramādāya pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Gacchato gacchato
panassa pariv ārā bhikkhū gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā. Tenāyasmatā gatagataṭṭhāne mahāparidevo ahosi.
Anupubbena pana sāvatthimanuppatte there sāvatthivāsino manussā ‘‘thero kira āgato’’ti sutvā
gandhamālādihatthā paccuggantvā – ‘‘bhante, ānanda, pubbe bhagavatā saddhiṃ āgacchatha, ajja kuhiṃ
bhagavantaṃ ṭhapetvā āgatatthā’’tiādīni vadamānā parodiṃsu. Buddhassa bhagavato parinibbānadivase viya
mahāparidevo ahosi.
Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā ānando aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyākathāya taṃ mahājanaṃ saññāpetvā
jetavana ṃ pavisitvā dasabalena vasitagandhakuṭiṃ vanditvā dvāraṃ vivaritvā mañcapīṭhaṃ nīharitvā
pappho ṭetvā gandhakuṭiṃ sammajjitvā milātamālākacavaraṃ chaḍḍetvā mañcapīṭhaṃ atiharitvā puna
yathāṭhāne ṭhapetvā bhagavato ṭhitakāle karaṇīyaṃ vattaṃ sabbamakāsi. Kurumāno ca
nhānakoṭṭhakasammajjanaudakupaṭṭhāpanādikālesu gandhakuṭiṃ vanditvā – ‘‘nanu bhagavā, ayaṃ
tumhākaṃ nhānakālo, ayaṃ dhammadesanākālo, ayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ovādadānakālo, ayaṃ
sīhaseyyakappanakālo, ayaṃ mukhadhovanakālo’’tiādinā nayena paridevamānova akāsi, yathā taṃ
bhagavato guṇagaṇāmatarasaññutāya patiṭṭhitapemo ceva akhīṇāsavo ca anekesu ca jātisatasahassesu
aññamaññassūpakārasañjanitacittamaddavo. Tamenaṃ aññatarā devatā – ‘‘bhante, ānanda, tumhe evaṃ
paridevam ānā kathaṃ aññe assāsessathā’’ti saṃvejesi. So tassā vacanena saṃviggahadayo santhambhitvā
tathāgatassa parinibbānato pabhuti ṭhānanisajjabahulattā ussannadhātukaṃ kāyaṃ samassāsetuṃ
dutiyadivase khīravirecanaṃ pivitvā vihāreyeva nisīdi. Yaṃ sandhāya subhena māṇavena pahitaṃ
māṇavakaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘Akālo, kho māṇavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamattā pītā, appeva nāma svepi
upasaṅkameyyāmā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.447).
Dutiyadivase cetakattherena pacch āsama ṇena gantv ā subhena m āṇ avena pu ṭṭ ho imasmi ṃ dīghanik āye
subhasuttaṃnāma dasamaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi.
Atha ānandatthero jetavanamahāvihāre khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ kārāpetvā upakaṭṭhāya
vassūpanāyikāya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ohāya rājagahaṃ gato tathā aññepi dhammasaṅgāhakā bhikkhūti. Evañhi
gate, te sandhāya ca idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho therā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ agamaṃsu, dhammañca vinayañca
saṅgāyitu’’nti (cūḷava. 438). Te āsaḷhīpuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathaṃ katvā pāṭipadadivase sannipatitvā vassaṃ
upagacchiṃsu.
Tena kho pana samayena rājagahaṃ parivāretvā aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārā honti, te sabbepi
chaḍḍitapatitauklāpā ahesuṃ. Bhagavato hi parinibbāne sabbepi bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaramādāya
vihāre ca pariveṇe ca chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu. Tattha katikavattaṃ kurumānā therā bhagavato
vacanapūjanatthaṃ titthiyavādaparimocanatthañca – ‘paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ
karomā’ti cintesuṃ. Titthiyā hi evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā satthari ṭhiteyeva vihāre
pa ṭijaggiṃsu, parinibbute chaḍḍesuṃ, kulānaṃ mahādhanapariccāgo vinassatī’’ti. Tesañca
vādaparimocanatthaṃ cintesunti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ cintayitvā ca pana katikavattaṃ kariṃsu. Yaṃ sandhāya
vuttaṃ –
‘‘Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – bhagavatā, kho āvuso,
khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ, handa mayaṃ, āvuso, paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ
khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karoma, majjhimaṃ māsaṃ sannipatitvā dhammañca vinayañca
saṅgāyissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 438).
Te dutiyadivase gantvā rājadvāre aṭṭhaṃsu. Rājā āgantvā vanditvā – ‘‘kiṃ bhante, āgatatthā’’ti attanā
kattabbakiccaṃ pucchi. Therā aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya hatthakammaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. Rājā
hatthakammakārake manusse adāsi. Therā paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ sabbavihāre paṭisaṅkharāpetvā rañño ārocesuṃ
– ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, vihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ, idāni dhammavinayasaṅgahaṃ karomā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu bhante
visaṭṭhā karotha, mayhaṃ āṇācakkaṃ, tumhākañca dhammacakkaṃ hotu, āṇāpetha, bhante, kiṃ karomī’’ti.
‘‘Saṅgahaṃ karontānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannisajjaṭṭhānaṃ mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kattha karomi, bhante’’ti?
‘‘Vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇi guhādvāre kātuṃ yuttaṃ mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho rājā
ajātasattu vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ suvibhattabhittithambhasopānaṃ,
nānāvidhamālākammalatākammavicittaṃ, abhibhavantamiva rājabhavanavibhūtiṃ, avahasantamiva
devavimānasiriṃ, siriyā niketanamiva ekanipātatitthamiva ca devamanussanayanavihaṃgānaṃ,
lokarāmaṇeyyakamiva sampiṇḍitaṃ daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā
vividhakusumadāmolambakaviniggalantacāruvitānaṃ nānāratanavicittamaṇikoṭṭimatalamiva ca, naṃ
nānāpupphūpahāravicittasupariniṭṭhitabhūmikammaṃ brahmavimānasadisaṃ alaṅkaritvā, tasmiṃ
mahāmaṇḍape pañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anagghāni pañca kappiyapaccattharaṇasatāni paññapetvā,
dakkhiṇabhāgaṃ nissāya uttarābhimukhaṃ therāsanaṃ, maṇḍapamajjhe puratthābhimukhaṃ buddhassa
bhagavato āsanārahaṃ dhammāsanaṃ paññapetvā, dantakhacitaṃ bījaniñcettha ṭhapetvā, bhikkhusaṅghassa
ārocāpesi – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, mama kicca’’nti.
Tasmiñca pana divase ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sandhāya evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘imasmiṃ
bhikkhusaṅghe eko bhikkhu vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaratī’’ti. Thero taṃ sutvā imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe
añño vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaraṇakabhikkhu nāma natthi. Addhā ete maṃ sandhāya vadantīti saṃvegaṃ
āpajji. Ekacce naṃ āhaṃsuyeva – ‘‘sve āvuso, ānanda, sannipāto, tvañca sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tena te na
yuttaṃ sannipātaṃ gantuṃ, appamatto hohī’’ti.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando – ‘sve sannipāto, na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ sekkho samāno
sannipātaṃ gaccheyya’nti, bahudeva rattiṃ kāyagatāya satiyā vītināmetvā rattiyā paccūsasamaye caṅkamā
orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā ‘‘nipajjissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ āvajjesi, dve pādā bhūmito muttā, apattañca sīsaṃ
bimbohanaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Ayañhi āyasmā caṅkamena bahi
vītināmetvā visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ asakkonto cintesi – ‘‘nanu maṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘katapuññosi tvaṃ,
ānanda, padh ānamanuyuñja, khippa ṃ hohisi an āsavo ’ti (d ī. ni. 2.207). Buddh ānañca kath ādoso n āma natthi,
mama pana acc āraddha ṃ vīriya ṃ, tena me citta ṃ uddhacc āya sa ṃvattati. Hand āha ṃ vīriyasamata ṃ
yojemī’’ti, caṅkamā orohitvā pādadhovanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā pāde dhovitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīditvā,
‘‘thokaṃ vissamissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ mañcake apanāmesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, sīsaṃ
bimbohanamappattaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ, catuiriyāpathavirahitaṃ therassa
arahattaṃ. Tena ‘‘imasmiṃ sāsane anipanno anisinno aṭṭhito acaṅkamanto ko bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto’’ti
vutte ‘‘ānandatthero’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
Atha therā bhikkhū dutiyadivase pañcamiyaṃ kāḷapakkhassa katabhattakiccā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā
dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā ānando arahā samāno sannipātaṃ agamāsi. Kathaṃ
agamāsi? ‘‘Idānimhi sannipātamajjhaṃ pavisanāraho’’ti haṭṭhatuṭṭhacitto ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā bandhanā
muttatālapakkaṃ viya, paṇḍukambale nikkhittajātimaṇi viya, vigatavalāhake nabhe samuggatapuṇṇacando
viya, bālātapasamphassavikasitareṇupiñjaragabbhaṃ padumaṃ viya ca, parisuddhena pariyodātena
sappabhena sassirīkena ca mukhavarena attano arahattappattiṃ ārocayamāno viya agamāsi. Atha naṃ disvā
āyasmato mahākassapassa etadahosi – ‘‘sobhati vata bho arahattappatto ānando, sace satthā dhareyya, addhā
ajjānandassa sādhukāraṃ dadeyya, handa, dānissāhaṃ satthārā dātabbaṃ sādhukāraṃ dadāmī’’ti, tikkhattuṃ
sādhukāramadāsi.
Majjhimabhāṇakā pana vadanti – ‘‘ānandatthero attano arahattappattiṃ ñāpetukāmo bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ
nāgato, bhikkhū yathāvuḍḍhaṃ attano attano pattāsane nisīdantā ānandattherassa āsanaṃ ṭhapetvā nisinnā.
Tattha keci evamāhaṃsu – ‘etaṃ āsanaṃ kassā’ti? ‘Ānandassā’ti. ‘Ānando pana kuhiṃ gato’ti? Tasmiṃ
samaye thero cintesi – ‘idāni mayhaṃ gamanakālo’ti. Tato attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento pathaviyaṃ
nimujjitvā attano āsaneyeva attānaṃ dassesī’’ti, ākāsena gantvā nisīdītipi eke. Yathā vā tathā vā hotu.
Sabbathāpi taṃ disvā āyasmato mahākassapassa sādhukāradānaṃ yuttameva.
Evaṃ āgate pana tasmiṃ āyasmante mahākassapatthero bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso, kiṃ paṭhamaṃ
saṅgāyāma, dhammaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā’’ti? Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante, mahākassapa, vinayo nāma
buddhasāsanassa āyu. Vinaye ṭhite sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ nāma hoti. Tasmā paṭhamaṃ vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti.
‘‘Kaṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmantaṃ upāli’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ ānando nappahotī’’ti? ‘‘No nappahoti’’. Api ca
kho pana sammāsambuddho dharamānoyeva vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadagge ṭhapesi
– ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī’’ti (a. ni. 1.228).
‘Tasmā upālittheraṃ pucchitvā vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’ti.
Tato thero vinayaṃ pucchanatthāya attanāva attānaṃ sammanni. Upālittheropi vissajjanatthāya
sammanni. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
Ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyya’’nti.
Āyasmāpi upāli saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
Ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti. (cūḷava. 439);
Evaṃ attānaṃ sammannitvā āyasmā upāli uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā
dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā, tato mahākassapatthero therāsane nisīditvā āyasmantaṃ
upāliṃ vinayaṃ pucchi. ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ āvuso, upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta’’nti? ‘‘Vesāliyaṃ, bhante’’ti.
‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Sudinnaṃ kalandaputtaṃ ārabbhā’’ti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti? ‘‘Methunadhamme’’ti.
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ paṭhamassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi,
nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, paññattimpi pucchi, anupaññattimpi pucchi, āpattimpi pucchi,
anāpattimpi pucchi’’ (cūḷava. 439). Puṭṭho puṭṭho āyasmā upāli vissajjesi.
Kiṃ panettha paṭhamapārājike kiñci apanetabbaṃ vā pakkhipitabbaṃ vā atthi natthīti? Apanetabbaṃ
natthi. Buddhassa hi bhagavato bh āsite apanetabba ṃ nāma natthi. Na hi tath āgat ā ekabyañjanampi
niratthakaṃ vadanti. Sāvakānaṃ pana devatānaṃ vā bhāsite apanetabbampi hoti, taṃ
dhammasaṅgāhakattherā apanayiṃsu. Pakkhipitabbaṃ pana sabbatthāpi atthi, tasmā yaṃ yattha pakkhipituṃ
yuttaṃ, taṃ pakkhipiṃsuyeva. Kiṃ pana tanti? ‘Tena samayenā’ti vā, ‘tena kho pana samayenā’ti vā, ‘atha
khoti vā’, ‘evaṃ vutteti’ vā, ‘etadavocā’ti vā, evamādikaṃ sambandhavacanamattaṃ. Evaṃ
pakkhipitabbayutta ṃ pakkhipitvā pana – ‘‘idaṃ paṭhamapārājika’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Paṭhamapārājike
saṅgahamārūḷhe pañca arahantasatāni saṅgahaṃ āropitanayeneva gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu – ‘‘tena samayena
buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti. Tesaṃ sajjhāyāraddhakāleyeva sādhukāraṃ dadamānā viya
mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā akampittha.
Eteneva nayena sesāni tīṇi pārājikāni saṅgahaṃ āropetvā ‘‘idaṃ pārājikakaṇḍa’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Terasa
saṅghādisesāni ‘‘terasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Dve sikkhāpadāni ‘‘aniyatānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni
‘‘nissaggiyāni pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Dvenavuti sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Cattāri
sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta
dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Evaṃ sattavīsādhikāni dve sikkhāpadasatāni ‘‘mahāvibhaṅgo’’ti
kittetvā ṭhapesuṃ. Mahāvibhaṅgāvasānepi purimanayeneva mahāpathavī akampittha.
Tato bhikkhunīvibhaṅge aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Sattarasa
sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sattarasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘nissaggiyāni pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ.
Chasaṭṭhisatasikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ.
Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Evaṃ
tīṇi sikkhāpadasatāni cattāri ca sikkhāpadāni ‘‘bhikkhunīvibhaṅgo’’ti kittetvā – ‘‘ayaṃ ubhato vibhaṅgo
nāma catusaṭṭhibhāṇavāro’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Ubhatovibhaṅgāvasānepi vuttanayeneva mahāpathavikampo ahosi.
Etenevupāyena asītibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ khandhakaṃ, pañcavīsatibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ parivārañca
saṅgahaṃ āropetvā ‘‘idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃnāmā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Vinayapiṭakāvasānepi vuttanayeneva
mahāpathavikampo ahosi. Taṃ āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘āvuso, imaṃ tuyhaṃ nissitake
vācehī’’ti. Vinayapiṭakasaṅgahāvasāne upālitthero dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ nikkhipitvā dhammāsanā orohitvā
there bhikkhū vanditvā attano pattāsane nisīdi.
Vinayaṃ saṅgāyitvā dhammaṃ saṅgāyitukāmo āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘dhammaṃ
saṅgāyante hi kaṃ puggalaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dhammo saṅgāyitabbo’’ti? Bhikkhū – ‘‘ānandattheraṃ dhuraṃ
katvā’’ti āhaṃsu.
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
Ahaṃ ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti;
Atha kho āyasmā ānando saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
Ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena dhammaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti;
Atha kho āyasmā ānando uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane
nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘kataraṃ, āvuso,
pi ṭakaṃ paṭhamaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti? ‘‘Suttantapiṭakaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Suttantapiṭake catasso saṅgītiyo, tāsu
pa ṭhamaṃ kataraṃ saṅgīti’’nti? ‘‘Dīghasaṅgītiṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Dīghasaṅgītiyaṃ catutiṃsa suttāni, tayo
vaggā, tesu paṭhamaṃ kataraṃ vagga’’nti? ‘‘Sīlakkhandhavaggaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sīlakkhandhavagge terasa
suttantā, tesu paṭhamaṃ kataraṃ sutta’’nti? ‘‘Brahmajālasuttaṃ nāma bhante, tividhasīlālaṅkataṃ,
nānāvidhamicchājīvakuha lapanādividdhaṃsanaṃ, dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhijālaviniveṭhanaṃ,
dasasahassilokadh ātukampana ṃ, ta ṃ pa ṭhama ṃ sa ṅgāyāmā’’ ti.
Atha kho āyasm ā mah ākassapo āyasmanta ṃ ā nanda ṃ etadavoca, ‘‘ brahmaj āla ṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha
bhāsita’’nti? ‘‘Antarā ca, bhante, rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷandaṃ rājāgārake ambalaṭṭhikāya’’nti. ‘‘Kaṃ
ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Suppiyañca paribbājakaṃ, brahmadattañca māṇava’’nti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti?
‘‘Vaṇṇāvaṇṇe’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ brahmajālassa nidānampi pucchi,
puggalampi pucchi, vatthumpi pucchi (c ūḷava. 440). Āyasmā ānando vissajjesi. Vissajjanāvasāne pañca
arahantasatāni gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu. Vuttanayeneva ca pathavikampo ahosi.
Evaṃ brahmajālaṃ saṅgāyitvā tato paraṃ ‘‘sāmaññaphalaṃ, panāvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’ntiādinā
nayena pucchāvissajjanānukkamena saddhiṃ brahmajālena sabbepi terasa suttante saṅgāyitvā – ‘‘ayaṃ
sīlakkhandhavaggo nāmā’’ti kittetvā ṭhapesuṃ.
Tadanantaraṃ mahāvaggaṃ, tadanantaraṃ pāthikavagganti, evaṃ tivaggasaṅgahaṃ
catutiṃsasuttapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ catusaṭṭhibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ tantiṃ saṅgāyitvā ‘‘ayaṃ dīghanikāyo nāmā’’ti
vatvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘āvuso, imaṃ tuyhaṃ nissitake vācehī’’ti.
Tato anantaraṃ asītibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ majjhimanikāyaṃ saṅgāyitvā
dhammasenāpatisāriputtattherassa nissitake paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘imaṃ tumhe pariharathā’’ti.
Tato anantaraṃ satabhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ saṃyuttanikāyaṃ saṅgāyitvā mahākassapattheraṃ
pa ṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘bhante, imaṃ tumhākaṃ nissitake vācethā’’ti.
Tato anantaraṃ vīsatibhāṇavārasataparimāṇaṃ aṅguttaranikāyaṃsaṅgāyitvā anuruddhattheraṃ
pa ṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘imaṃ tumhākaṃ nissitake vācethā’’ti.
Tato anantaraṃ dhammasaṅgahavibhaṅgadhātukathāpuggalapaññattikathāvatthuyamakapaṭṭhānaṃ
abhidhammoti vuccati. Evaṃ saṃvaṇṇitaṃ sukhumañāṇagocaraṃ tantiṃ saṅgāyitvā – ‘‘idaṃ
abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nāmā’’ti vatvā pañca arahantasatāni sajjhāyamakaṃsu. Vuttanayeneva pathavikampo
ahosīti.
Tato paraṃ jātakaṃ, niddeso, paṭisambhidāmaggo, apadānaṃ, suttanipāto, khuddakapāṭho,
dhammapadaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, vimānavatthu, petavatthu, theragāthā, therīgāthāti imaṃ tantiṃ
saṅgāyitvā ‘‘khuddakagantho nāmāya’’nti ca vatvā ‘‘abhidhammapiṭakasmiṃyeva saṅgahaṃ
āropayiṃsū’’ti dīghabhāṇakā vadanti. Majjhimabhāṇakā pana ‘‘cariyāpiṭakabuddhavaṃsehi saddhiṃ
sabbampetaṃ khuddakaganthaṃ nāma suttantapiṭake pariyāpanna’’nti vadanti.
Evametaṃ sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ,
pa ṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ. Tathā piṭakavasena. Nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ, aṅgavasena
navavidhaṃ, dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhanti veditabbaṃ.
Kathaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ?Yañhi bhagavatā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā
yāva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassāni
devamanussanāgayakkhādayo anusāsantena vā paccavekkhantena vā vuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ ekarasaṃ
vimuttirasameva hoti. Evaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ.
Kathaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dhammo ceva vinayo cāti saṅkhyaṃ
gacchati. Tattha vinayapiṭakaṃ vinayo, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammo. Tenevāha ‘‘yannūna mayaṃ
dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 437). ‘‘Ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyaṃ, ānandaṃ
dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti ca. Evaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ.
Kathaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ,
majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, pacchimabuddhavacananti tippabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha –
‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;
Gahak āra ṃ gavesanto, dukkh ā jāti punappuna ṃ.
Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;
Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ;
Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153-54);
Idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ. Keci ‘‘yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā’’ti (mahāva. 1) khandhake
udānagāthaṃ vadanti. Esā pana pāṭipadadivase sabbaññubhāvappattassa somanassamayañāṇena
paccay ākāraṃ paccavekkhantassa uppannā udānagāthāti veditabbā.
Yaṃ pana parinibbānakāle abhāsi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā,
appamādena sampādethā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.218) idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ. Ubhinnamantare yaṃ vuttaṃ,
etaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ nāma. Evaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimabuddhavacanavasena tividhaṃ.
Kathaṃ piṭakavasena tividhaṃ?Sabbampi cetaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ
abhidhammapiṭakanti tippabhedameva hoti. Tattha paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgītañca asaṅgītañca sabbampi
samodhānetvā ubhayāni pātimokkhāni, dve vibhaṅgā, dvāvīsati khandhakā, soḷasaparivārāti – idaṃ
vinayapiṭakaṃnāma. Brahmajālādicatuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho dīghanikāyo,
mūlapariyāyasuttādidiyaḍḍhasatadvesuttasaṅgaho majjhimanikāyo,
oghataraṇasuttādisattasuttasahassasattasatadvāsaṭṭhisuttasaṅgaho saṃyuttanikāyo,
cittapariyādānasuttādinavasuttasahassapañcasatasattapaññāsasuttasaṅgaho aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakapāṭha-
dhammapada-udāna-itivuttaka-suttanipāta-vimānavatthu-petavatthu-theragāthā-therīgāthā-jātaka-niddesa-
pa ṭisambhidāmagga-apadāna-buddhavaṃsa-cariyāpiṭakavasena pannarasappabhedo khuddakanikāyoti idaṃ
suttantapiṭakaṃnāma. Dhammasaṅgaho, vibhaṅgo, dhātukathā, puggalapaññatti, kathāvatthu, yamakaṃ,
pa ṭṭhānanti – idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nāma. Tattha –
‘‘Vividhavisesanayattā, vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ;
Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto’’.
Vividhā hi ettha pañcavidhapātimokkhuddesapārājikādi satta āpattikkhandhamātikā
vibhaṅgādippabhedā nayā. Visesabhūtā ca daḷhīkammasithilakaraṇappayojanā anupaññattinayā.
Kāyikavācasikaajjhācāranisedhanato cesa kāyaṃ vācañca vineti, tasmā vividhanayattā visesanayattā
kāyavācānaṃ vinayanato ceva vinayoti akkhāto. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
‘‘Vividhavisesanayattā, vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ;
Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto’’ti.
Itaraṃ pana –
‘‘Atthānaṃ sūcanato suvuttato, savanatotha sūdanato;
Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhātaṃ.
Tañhi attatthaparatthādibhede atthe sūceti. Suvuttā cettha atthā, veneyyajjhāsayānulomena vuttattā.
Savati cetaṃ atthe sassamiva phalaṃ, pasavatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sūdati cetaṃ dhenu viya khīraṃ, paggharāpetīti
vuttaṃ hoti. Suṭṭhu ca ne tāyati, rakkhatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suttasabhāgañcetaṃ, yathā hi tacchakānaṃ suttaṃ
pam āṇaṃ hoti, evametampi viññūnaṃ. Yathā ca suttena saṅgahitāni pupphāni na vikirīyanti, na
viddhaṃsīyanti, evameva tena saṅgahitā atthā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
‘‘Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato;
Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhāta’’nti.
Itaro pana –
‘‘Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā;
Vutt ādhik ā ca dhamm ā, abhidhammo tena akkh āto ’’ .
Ayañhi abhisaddo vuḍḍhilakkhaṇapūjitaparicchinnādhikesu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘bāḷhā me dukkhā
vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.389) vuḍḍhiyaṃ āgato. ‘‘Yā tā rattiyo abhiññātā
abhilakkhitā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.49) salakkhaṇe. ‘‘Rājābhirājā manujindo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.399) pūjite.
‘‘Paṭibalo vinetuṃ abhidhamme abhivinaye’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 85) paricchinne. Aññamaññasaṅkaravirahite
dhamme ca vinaye cāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇenā’’tiādīsu (vi. va. 819) adhike.
Ettha ca ‘‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti’’ (dha. sa. 251), ‘‘mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ
pharitv ā viharatī’’tiādinā (vibha. 642) nayena vuḍḍhimantopi dhammā vuttā. ‘‘Rūpārammaṇaṃ vā
saddārammaṇaṃ vā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1) nayena ārammaṇādīhi lakkhaṇīyattā salakkhaṇāpi. ‘‘Sekkhā
dhammā, asekkhā dhammā, lokuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. tikamātikā 11, dukamātikā 12) nayena
pūjitāpi, pūjārahāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Phasso hoti, vedanā hotī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1) nayena sabhāvaparicchinnattā
paricchinn āpi. ‘‘Mahaggatā dhammā, appamāṇā dhammā (dha. sa. tikamātikā 11), anuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā
(dha. sa. dukamātikā 11) nayena adhikāpi dhammā vuttā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
‘‘Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā;
Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto’’ti.
Yaṃ panettha avisiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ –
‘‘Piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu;
Tena samodhānetvā, tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā’’.
Pariyattipi hi ‘‘mā piṭakasampadānenā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) piṭakanti vuccati. ‘‘Atha puriso āgaccheyya
kudālapiṭakamādāyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.70) yaṃ kiñci bhājanampi. Tasmā ‘piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū
pariyattibh ājanatthato āhu.
Idāni ‘tena samodhānetvā tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā’ti, tena evaṃ duvidhatthena piṭakasaddena saha
samāsaṃ katvā vinayo ca so piṭakañca pariyattibhāvato, tassa tassa atthassa bhājanato cāti vinayapiṭakaṃ,
yathāvutteneva nayena suttantañca taṃ piṭakañcāti suttantapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammo ca so piṭakañcāti
abhidhammapiṭakanti. Evamete tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.
Evaṃ ñatvā ca punapi tesuyeva piṭakesu nānappakārakosallatthaṃ –
‘‘Desanāsāsanakathābhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ;
Sikkhāppahānagambhīrabhāvañca paridīpaye.
Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’.
Tatrāyaṃ paridīpanā vibhāvanā ca. Etāni hi tīṇi piṭakāni yathākkamaṃ āṇāvohāraparamatthadesanā,
yathāparādhayathānulomayathādhammasāsanāni,
saṃvarāsaṃvaradiṭṭhiviniveṭhananāmarūpaparicchedakathāti ca vuccanti. Ettha hi vinayapiṭakaṃ āṇārahena
bhagavatā āṇābāhullato desitattā āṇādesanā,suttantapiṭakaṃ vohārakusalena bhagavatā vohārabāhullato
desitattā vohāradesanā,abhidhammapiṭakaṃ paramatthakusalena bhagavatā paramatthabāhullato desitattā
paramatthadesanāti vuccati.
Tathā paṭhamaṃ – ‘ye te pacurāparādhā sattā, te yathāparādhaṃ ettha sāsitā’ti yathāparādhasāsanaṃ,
dutiyaṃ – ‘anekajjhāsayānusayacariyādhimuttikā sattā yathānulomaṃ ettha sāsitā’ti yathānulomasāsanaṃ,
tatiyaṃ – ‘dhammapuñjamatte ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti saññino sattā yathādhammaṃ ettha sāsitā’ti
yath ādhammasāsana nti vuccati.
Tathā paṭhamaṃ – ajjhācārapaṭipakkhabhūto saṃvarāsaṃvaro ettha kathitoti saṃvarāsaṃvarakathā.
Sa ṃvar āsa ṃvaroti khuddako ceva mahanto ca sa ṃvaro, kamm ākamma ṃ viya, phalāphala ṃ viya ca,
dutiyaṃ – ‘‘dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhipaṭipakkhabhūtā diṭṭhiviniveṭhanā ettha kathitā’’ti diṭṭhiviniveṭhanakathā,
tatiyaṃ – ‘‘rāgādipaṭipakkhabhūto nāmarūpaparicchedo ettha kathito’’ti nāmarūpaparicchedakathāti
vuccati.
Tīsupi cetesu tisso sikkhā, tīṇi pahānāni, catubbidho ca gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. Tathā hi
vinayapiṭake visesena adhisīlasikkhāvuttā, suttantapiṭake adhicittasikkhā,abhidhammapiṭake
adhipaññāsikkhā.
Vinayapiṭake ca vītikkamappahānaṃ, kilesānaṃ vītikkamapaṭipakkhattā sīlassa. Suttantapiṭake
pariyuṭṭhānappahānaṃ,pariyuṭṭhānapaṭipakkhattā samādhissa. Abhidhammapiṭake anusayappahānaṃ,
anusayapaṭipakkhattā paññāya. Paṭhame ca tadaṅgappahānaṃ,itaresu
vikkhambhanasamucchedappahānāni. Paṭhame ca duccaritasaṃkilesappahānaṃ, itaresu
taṇhādiṭṭhisaṃkilesappahānaṃ.
Ekamekasmiñcettha catubbidhopi dhammatthadesanā paṭivedhagambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. Tattha
dhammo ti tanti. Attho ti tassāyeva attho. Desanāti tassā manasā vavatthāpitāya tantiyā desanā. Paṭivedho ti
tantiyā tantiatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. Tīsupi cetesu ete dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhā. Yasmā sasādīhi
viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāḷhā alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca, tasmā gambhīrā. Evaṃ
ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
Aparo nayo, dhammo ti hetu. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti. Attho ti
hetuphalaṃ, vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 720). Desanāti paññatti, yathā
dhammaṃ dhammābhilāpoti adhippāyo. Anulomapaṭilomasaṅkhepavitthārādivasena vā kathanaṃ.
Paṭivedho ti abhisamayo, so ca lokiyalokuttaro visayato asammohato ca, atthānurūpaṃ dhammesu,
dhammānurūpaṃ atthesu, paññattipathānurūpaṃ paññattīsu avabodho. Tesaṃ tesaṃ vā tattha tattha
vuttadhammānaṃ paṭivijjhitabbo salakkhaṇasaṅkhāto aviparītasabhāvo.
Idāni yasmā etesu piṭakesu yaṃ yaṃ dhammajātaṃ vā atthajātaṃ vā, yā cāyaṃ yathā yathā ñāpetabbo
attho sotūnaṃ ñāṇassa abhimukho hoti, tathā tathā tadatthajotikā desanā, yo cettha aviparītāvabodhasaṅkhāto
pa ṭivedho, tesaṃ tesaṃ vā dhammānaṃ paṭivijjhitabbo salakkhaṇasaṅkhāto aviparītasabhāvo. Sabbampetaṃ
anupacitakusalasambhārehi duppaññehi sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo dukkhogāḷhaṃ
alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhañca, tasmā gambhīraṃ. Evampi ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo
veditabbo.
Ettāvatā ca –
‘‘Desanāsāsanakathā, bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ;
Sikkhāppahānagambhīra, bhāvañca paridīpaye’’ti –
Ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthāva hoti.
‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti –
Ettha pana tīsu piṭakesu tividho pariyattibhedo daṭṭhabbo. Tisso hi pariyattiyo –alagaddūpamā,
nissaraṇatthā, bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
Tattha yā duggahitā, upārambhādihetu pariyāpuṭā, ayaṃ alagaddūpamā.Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ
‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagavesī alagaddapariyesanaṃ caramāno, so passeyya
mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ, tamenaṃ bhoge vā naṅguṭṭhe vā gaṇheyya, tassa so alagaddo paṭiparivattitvā hatthe
vā bāhāyaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅge ḍaṃseyya, so tato nidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya,
maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, alagaddassa. Evameva kho,
bhikkhave, idhekacce moghapuris ā dhamma ṃ pariy āpu ṇanti, sutta ṃ…pe … vedalla ṃ, te ta ṃ
dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti, tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya
atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti, te upārambhānisaṃsā ceva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti,
itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca, yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhonti, tesaṃ te
dhammā duggahitā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave,
dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.238).
Yā pana suggahitā sīlakkhandhādipāripūriṃyeva ākaṅkhamānena pariyāpuṭā, na upārambhādihetu,
ayaṃ nissaraṇatthā.Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya
saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Suggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.239).
Yaṃ pana pariññātakkhandho pahīnakileso bhāvitamaggo paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho
khīṇāsavo kevalaṃ paveṇīpālanatthāya vaṃsānurakkhaṇatthāya pariyāpuṇāti, ayaṃ
bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
Vinaye pana suppaṭipanno bhikkhu sīlasampadaṃ nissāya tisso vijjā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha
pabhedavacanato. Sutte suppa ṭipanno samādhisampadaṃ nissāya cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha
pabhedavacanato. Abhidhamme suppa ṭipanno paññāsampadaṃ nissāya catasso paṭisambhidā pāpuṇāti,
tāsañca tattheva pabhedavacanato, evametesu suppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ
vijjāttayachaḷabhiññācatuppaṭisambhidābhedaṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇāti.
Vinaye pana duppaṭipanno anuññātasukhasamphassaattharaṇapāvuraṇādiphassasāmaññato paṭikkhittesu
upādinnakaphassādīsu anavajjasaññī hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ
ājānāmi, yathā ye me antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti (ma.
ni. 1.234). Tato dussīlabhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sutte duppaṭipanno – ‘‘cattāro me, bhikkhave, puggalā santo
saṃvijjamānā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.5) adhippāyaṃ ajānanto duggahitaṃ gaṇhāti, yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘attanā
duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khaṇati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.236). Tato
micchādiṭṭhitaṃ pāpuṇāti. Abhidhamme duppaṭipanno dhammacintaṃ atidhāvanto acinteyyānipi cinteti.
Tato cittakkhepaṃ pāpuṇāti, vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, acinteyyāni, na cintetabbāni, yāni
cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti (a. ni. 4.77). Evametesu duppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ
dussīlabhāva micchādiṭṭhitā cittakkhepabhedaṃ vipattiṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti.
Ettāvatā ca –
‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti –
Ayampi gāthā vuttatthāva hoti. Evaṃ nānappakārato piṭakāni ñatvā tesaṃ vasenetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ
tividhanti ñātabbaṃ.
Kathaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo,
aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti pañcappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha katamo dīghanikāyo? Tivaggasaṅgahāni
brahmajālādīni catuttiṃsa suttāni.
‘‘Catuttiṃseva suttantā, tivaggo yassa saṅgaho;
Esa dīghanikāyoti, paṭhamo anulomiko’’ti.
Kasmā panesa dīghanikāyoti vuccati? Dīghappamāṇānaṃ suttānaṃ samūhato nivāsato ca.
Samūhanivāsā hi nikāyoti vuccanti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekanikāyampi samanupassāmi evaṃ cittaṃ,
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatā pāṇā’’ (saṃ. ni. 2.100). Poṇikanikāyo cikkhallikanikāyoti evamādīni
cettha sādhakāni sāsanato lokato ca. Evaṃ sesānampi nikāyabhāve vacanattho veditabbo.
Katamo majjhimanikāyo? Majjhimappamāṇāni pañcadasavaggasaṅgahāni mūlapariyāyasuttādīni
diya ḍḍ hasata ṃ dve ca suttāni.
‘‘Diyaḍḍhasatasuttantā, dve ca suttāni yattha so;
Nikāyo majjhimo pañca, dasavaggapariggaho’’ti.
Katamo saṃyuttanikāyo? Devatāsaṃyuttādivasena kathitāni oghataraṇādīni satta suttasahassāni satta
ca suttasatāni dvāsaṭṭhi ca suttāni.
‘‘Sattasuttasahassāni, sattasuttasatāni ca;
Dvāsaṭṭhi ceva suttantā, eso saṃyuttasaṅgaho’’ti.
Katamo aṅguttaranikāyo? Ekekaaṅgātirekavasena kathitāni cittapariyādānādīni nava suttasahassāni
pañca suttasatāni sattapaññāsañca suttāni.
‘‘Nava suttasahassāni, pañca suttasatāni ca;
Sattapaññāsa suttāni, saṅkhyā aṅguttare aya’’nti.
Katamo khuddakanikāyo? Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, khuddakapāṭhādayo ca
pubbe dassitā pañcadasappabhedā, ṭhapetvā cattāro nikāye avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ.
‘‘Ṭhapetvā caturopete, nikāye dīghaādike;
Tadaññaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, nikāyo khuddako mato’’ti.
Evaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ.
Kathaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthā, udānaṃ,
itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallanti navappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha
ubhatovibhaṅganiddesakhandhakaparivārā, suttanipāte maṅgalasuttaratanasuttanālakasuttatuvaṭṭakasuttāni ca
aññampi ca suttanāmakaṃ tathāgatavacanaṃ sutta nti veditabbaṃ. Sabbampi sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyya nti
veditabbaṃ. Visesena saṃyuttake sakalopi sagāthavaggo, sakalampi abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, niggāthakaṃ
suttaṃ, yañca aññampi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi asaṅgahitaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, taṃ veyyākaraṇanti veditabbaṃ.
Dhammapadaṃ, theragāthā, therīgāthā, suttanipāte nosuttanāmikā suddhikagāthā ca gāthāti veditabbā.
Somanassaññāṇamayikagāthā paṭisaṃyuttā dveasīti suttantā udāna nti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Vuttañhetaṃ
bhagavatā’’tiādinayappavattā dasuttarasatasuttantā itivuttaka nti veditabbaṃ. Apaṇṇakajātakādīni
paññ āsādhikāni pañcajātakasatāni ‘jātaka’nti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā
dhammā ānande’’tiādinayappavattā (dī. ni. 2.209) sabbepi acchariyabbhutadhammapaṭisaṃyuttasuttantā
abbhutadhamma nti veditabbaṃ. Cūḷavedalla-mahāvedalla-sammādiṭṭhi-sakkapañha-saṅkhārabhājaniya-
mahāpuṇṇamasuttādayo sabbepi vedañca tuṭṭhiñca laddhā laddhā pucchitasuttantā vedalla nti veditabbaṃ.
Evaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ.
Kathaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ –
‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto;
Caturāsīti sahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino’’ti.
Evaṃ paridīpitadhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ekānusandhikaṃ
suttaṃ eko dhammakkhandho. Yaṃ anekānusandhikaṃ, tattha anusandhivasena dhammakkhandhagaṇanā.
Gāthābandhesu pañhāpucchanaṃ eko dhammakkhandho, vissajjanaṃ eko. Abhidhamme ekamekaṃ
tikadukabhājanaṃ, ekamekañca cittavārabhājanaṃ, ekameko dhammakkhandho. Vinaye atthi vatthu, atthi
mātikā, atthi padabhājanīyaṃ, atthi antarāpatti, atthi āpatti, atthi anāpatti, atthi tikacchedo. Tattha ekameko
koṭṭhāso ekameko dhammakkhandhoti veditabbo. Evaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ.
Evametaṃ abhedato rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, bhedato dhammavinayādivasena duvidhādibhedaṃ
buddhavacana ṃ sa ṅgāyantena mah ākassapappamukhena vas īga ṇena ‘‘ aya ṃ dhammo, aya ṃ vinayo,
idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ
vinayapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, ayaṃ dīghanikāyo…pe… ayaṃ
khuddakanikāyo, imāni suttādīni navaṅgāni, imāni caturāsīti dhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti, imaṃ
pabheda ṃ vavatthapetvāva saṅgītaṃ. Na kevalañca imameva, aññampi uddānasaṅgaha-vaggasaṅgaha-
peyy ālasaṅgaha-ekakanipāta-dukanipātādinipātasaṅgaha-saṃyuttasaṅgaha-paṇṇāsasaṅgahādi-anekavidhaṃ
tīsu piṭakesu sandissamānaṃ saṅgahappabhedaṃ vavatthapetvā eva sattahi māsehi saṅgītaṃ.
Saṅgītipariyosāne cassa – ‘‘idaṃ mahākassapattherena dasabalassa sāsanaṃ
pañcavassasahassaparim āṇakālaṃ pavattanasamatthaṃ kata’’nti sañjātappamodā sādhukāraṃ viya
dadamānā ayaṃ mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā anekappakāraṃ kampi saṅkampi sampakampi
sampavedhi, anekāni ca acchariyāni pāturahesunti, ayaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma. Yā loke –
‘‘Satehi pañcahi katā, tena pañcasatāti ca;
Thereheva katattā ca, therikāti pavuccatī’’ti.
1. Brahmajālasuttavaṇṇanā
Paribbājakakathāvaṇṇanā
Imissā paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyā vattamānāya vinayasaṅgahāvasāne suttantapiṭake ādinikāyassa ādisuttaṃ
brahmajālaṃ pucchantena āyasmatā mahākassapena – ‘‘brahmajālaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti,
evamādivuttavacanapariyosāne yattha ca bhāsitaṃ, yañcārabbha bhāsitaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ pakāsento āyasmā
ānando evaṃ me sutantiādimāha. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘brahmajālassāpi evaṃ me sutantiādikaṃ āyasmatā ānandena
pa ṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttaṃ nidānamādī’’ti.
1. Tattha eva nti nipātapadaṃ. Me tiādīni nāmapadāni. Paṭipanno hotīti ettha paṭīti upasaggapadaṃ,
hotīti ākhyātapadanti. Iminā tāva nayena padavibhāgo veditabbo.
Atthato pana evaṃ-saddo tāva
upamūpadesasampahaṃsanagarahaṇavacanasampaṭiggahākāranidassanāvadhāraṇādianekatthappabhedo.
Tathāhesa – ‘‘evaṃ jātena maccena, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahu’’nti (dha. pa. 53) evamādīsu upamāyaṃ āgato.
‘‘Evaṃ te abhikkamitabbaṃ, evaṃ te paṭikkamitabba’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 4.122) upadese. ‘‘Evametaṃ bhagavā,
evametaṃ sugatā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) sampahaṃsane. ‘‘Evamevaṃ panāyaṃ vasalī yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ vā
tassa muṇḍakassa samaṇakassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.187) garahaṇe. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhanteti kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosu’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.1) vacanasampaṭiggahe. ‘‘Evaṃ byā kho ahaṃ, bhante,
bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.398) ākāre. ‘‘Ehi tvaṃ, māṇavaka, yena samaṇo
ānando tenupasaṅkama, upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena samaṇaṃ ānandaṃ appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ
lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha. ‘‘Subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhavantaṃ ānandaṃ appābādhaṃ
appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’’ti. ‘‘Evañca vadehi, sādhu kira bhavaṃ ānando
yena subhassa māṇavassa todeyyaputtassa nivesanaṃ, tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’tiādīsu (dī.
ni. 1.445) nidassane. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, kālāmā, ime dhammā kusalā vā akusalā vāti? Akusalā, bhante.
Sāvajjā vā anavajjā vāti? Sāvajjā, bhante. Viññugarahitā vā viññuppasatthā vāti? Viññugarahitā, bhante.
Samattā samādinnā ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti no vā, kathaṃ vo ettha hotīti? Samattā, bhante, samādinnā
ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti, evaṃ no ettha hotī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) avadhāraṇe. Svāyamidha
ākāranidassanāvadhāraṇesu daṭṭhabbo.
Tattha ākāratthena evaṃ-saddena etamatthaṃ dīpeti, nānānayanipuṇamanekajjhāsayasamuṭṭhānaṃ,
atthabyañjanasampannaṃ, vividhapāṭihāriyaṃ, dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīraṃ, sabbasattānaṃ
sakasakabhāsānurūpato sotapathamāgacchantaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ sabbappakārena ko samattho
viññātuṃ, sabbathāmena pana sotukāmataṃ janetvāpi ‘evaṃ me sutaṃ’ mayāpi ekenākārena sutanti.
Nidassanatthena – ‘‘nāhaṃ sayambhū, na mayā idaṃ sacchikata’’nti attānaṃ parimocento – ‘evaṃ me
suta ṃ’, ‘may āpi eva ṃ suta ’nti id āni vattabba ṃ sakala ṃ sutta ṃ nidasseti.
Avadhāraṇatthena – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahussutānaṃ yadidaṃ
ānando, gatimantānaṃ, satimantānaṃ, dhitimantānaṃ, upaṭṭhākānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando’’ti (a. ni. 1.223).
Evaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘āyasmā ānando atthakusalo, dhammakusalo, byañjanakusalo, niruttikusalo,
pubb āparakusalo’’ti (a. ni. 5.169). Evaṃ dhammasenāpatinā ca pasatthabhāvānurūpaṃ attano dhāraṇabalaṃ
dassento sattānaṃ sotukāmataṃ janeti – ‘evaṃ me sutaṃ’, tañca kho atthato vā byañjanato vā
anūnamanadhikaṃ, evameva na aññathā daṭṭhabba’’nti.
Me -saddo tīsu atthesu dissati. Tathā hissa – ‘‘gāthābhigītaṃ me abhojaneyya’’ntiādīsu (su. ni. 81)
mayāti attho. ‘‘Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.88) mayhanti
attho. ‘‘Dhammadāyādā me, bhikkhave, bhavathā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.29) mamāti attho. Idha pana mayā
sutanti ca, mama sutanti ca atthadvaye yujjati.
Suta nti ayaṃ suta -saddo saupasaggo ca anupasaggo ca –gamanavissutakilinna-upacitānuyoga-
sotaviññeyya-sotadvārānusāra-viññātādianekatthappabhedo, tathā hissa ‘‘senāya pasuto’’tiādīsu gacchantoti
attho. ‘‘Sutadhammassa passato’’tiādīsu (udā. 11) vissutadhammassāti attho. ‘‘Avassutā avassutassā’’tiādīsu
(pāci. 657) kilinnākilinnassāti attho. ‘‘Tumhehi puññaṃ pasutaṃ anappaka’’ntiādīsu (khu. pā. 7.12)
upacitanti attho. ‘‘Ye jhānapasutā dhīrā’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 181) jhānānuyuttāti attho. ‘Diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ
muta’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.241) sotaviññeyyanti attho. ‘‘Sutadharo sutasannicayo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.339)
sotadvārānusāraviññātadharoti attho. Idha panassa sotadvārānusārena upadhāritanti vā upadhāraṇanti vāti
attho. ‘Me’ saddassa hi ‘mayā’ti atthe sati ‘evaṃ mayā sutaṃ’ sotadvārānusārena upadhāritanti yujjati.
‘Mamā’ti atthe sati evaṃ mama sutaṃ sotadvārānusārena upadhāraṇanti yujjati.
Evametesu tīsu padesu eva nti sotaviññāṇādiviññāṇakiccanidassanaṃ. Me ti
vuttaviññāṇasamaṅgipuggalanidassanaṃ. Suta nti assavanabhāvapaṭikkhepato
anūnādhikāviparītaggahaṇanidassanaṃ. Tathā eva nti tassā sotadvārānusārena pavattāya viññāṇavīthiyā
nānappakārena ārammaṇe pavattibhāvappakāsanaṃ. Me ti attappakāsanaṃ. Suta nti dhammappakāsanaṃ.
Ayañhettha saṅkhepo – ‘‘nānappakārena ārammaṇe pavattāya viññāṇavīthiyā mayā na aññaṃ kataṃ, idaṃ
pana kata ṃ, ayaṃ dhammo suto’’ti.
Tathā eva nti niddisitabbadhammappakāsanaṃ. Me ti puggalappakāsanaṃ. Suta nti
puggalakiccappak āsanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Yaṃ suttaṃ niddisissāmi, taṃ mayā evaṃ suta’’nti.
Tathā eva nti yassa cittasantānassa nānākārappavattiyā nānatthabyañjanaggahaṇaṃ hoti, tassa
nānākāraniddeso. Eva nti hi ayamākārapaññatti. Me ti kattuniddeso. Suta nti visayaniddeso. Ettāvatā
nānākārappavattena cittasantānena taṃ samaṅgino kattu visayaggahaṇasanniṭṭhānaṃ kataṃ hoti.
Athavā eva nti puggalakiccaniddeso. Suta nti viññāṇakiccaniddeso. Me ti
ubhayakiccayuttapuggalaniddeso. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepo, ‘‘mayā savanakiccaviññāṇasamaṅginā
puggalena viññ āṇavasena laddhasavanakiccavohārena suta’’nti.
Tattha evanti ca meti ca saccikaṭṭhaparamatthavasena avijjamānapaññatti. Kiñhettha taṃ paramatthato
atthi, yaṃ eva nti vā meti vā niddesaṃ labhetha? Sutanti vijjamānapaññatti. Yañhi taṃ ettha sotena
upaladdhaṃ, taṃ paramatthato vijjamānanti. Tathā ‘eva’nti ca, meti ca, taṃ taṃ upādāya vattabbato
upādāpaññatti. ‘Suta’nti diṭṭhādīni upanidhāya vattabbato upanidhāpaññatti. Ettha ca evanti vacanena
asammohaṃ dīpeti. Na hi sammūḷho nānappakārapaṭivedhasamattho hoti. ‘Suta’nti vacanena sutassa
asammosaṃ dīpeti. Yassa hi sutaṃ sammuṭṭhaṃ hoti, na so kālantarena mayā sutanti paṭijānāti. Iccassa
asammohena paññāsiddhi, asammosena pana satisiddhi. Tattha paññāpubbaṅgamāya satiyā
byañjanāvadhāraṇasamatthatā, satipubbaṅgamāya paññāya atthapaṭivedhasamatthatā.
Tadubhayasamatthatāyogena atthabyañjanasampannassa dhammakosassa anupālanasamatthato
dhammabha ṇḍā gārikattasiddhi.
Aparo nayo, evanti vacanena yoniso manasik āra ṃ dīpeti. Ayoniso manasikaroto hi
nānappakārapaṭivedhābhāvato. Sutanti vacanena avikkhepaṃ dīpeti, vikkhittacittassa savanābhāvato. Tathā
hi vikkhittacitto puggalo sabbasampattiyā vuccamānopi ‘‘na mayā sutaṃ, puna bhaṇathā’’ti bhaṇati. Yoniso
manasikārena cettha attasammāpaṇidhiṃ pubbe ca katapuññataṃ sādheti, sammā appaṇihitattassa pubbe
akatapuññassa vā tadabhāvato. Avikkhepena saddhammassavanaṃ sappurisūpanissayañca sādheti. Na hi
vikkhittacitto sotuṃ sakkoti, na ca sappurise anupassayamānassa savanaṃ atthīti.
Aparo nayo, yasmā evanti yassa cittasantānassa nānākārappavattiyā nānatthabyañjanaggahaṇaṃ hoti,
tassa nānākāraniddesoti vuttaṃ, so ca evaṃ bhaddako ākāro na sammāappaṇihitattano pubbe akatapuññassa
vā hoti, tasmā evanti iminā bhaddakenākārena pacchimacakkadvayasampattimattano dīpeti. Sutanti
savanayogena purimacakkadvayasampattiṃ. Na hi appatirūpadese vasato sappurisūpanissayavirahitassa vā
savanaṃ atthi. Iccassa pacchimacakkadvayasiddhiyā āsayasuddhisiddhā hoti, purimacakkadvayasiddhiyā
payogasuddhi, t āya ca āsayasuddhiyā adhigamabyattisiddhi, payogasuddhiyā āgamabyattisiddhi. Iti
payog āsayasuddhassa āgamādhigamasampannassa vacanaṃ aruṇuggaṃ viya sūriyassa udayato yoniso
manasikāro viya ca kusalakammassa arahati bhagavato vacanassa pubbaṅgamaṃ bhavitunti ṭhāne nidānaṃ
ṭhapento – ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādimāha.
Aparo nayo, ‘eva’nti iminā nānappakārapaṭivedhadīpakena vacanena attano
atthapaṭibhānapaṭisambhidāsampattisabbhāvaṃ dīpeti. ‘Suta’nti iminā sotabbappabhedapaṭivedhadīpakena
dhammaniruttipaṭisambhidāsampattisabbhāvaṃ. ‘Eva’nti ca idaṃ yoniso manasikāradīpakaṃ vacanaṃ
bhāsamāno – ‘‘ete mayā dhammā manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā’’ti dīpeti. ‘Suta’nti idaṃ
savanayogadīpakaṃ vacanaṃ bhāsamāno – ‘‘bahū mayā dhammā sutā dhātā vacasā paricitā’’ti dīpeti.
Tadubhayenāpi atthabyañjanapāripūriṃ dīpento savane ādaraṃ janeti. Atthabyañjanaparipuṇṇañhi
dhammaṃ ādarena assuṇanto mahatā hitā paribāhiro hotīti, tasmā ādaraṃ janetvā sakkaccaṃ ayaṃ dhammo
sotabboti.
‘‘Evaṃ me suta’’nti iminā pana sakalena vacanena āyasmā ānando tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammaṃ
attano adahanto asappurisabhūmiṃ atikkamati. Sāvakattaṃ paṭijānanto sappurisabhūmiṃ okkamati. Tathā
asaddhammā cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, saddhamme cittaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti. ‘‘Kevalaṃ sutamevetaṃ mayā, tasseva
bhagavato vacana’’nti dīpento attānaṃ parimoceti, satthāraṃ apadisati, jinavacanaṃ appeti, dhammanettiṃ
pati ṭṭhāpeti.
Apica ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’nti attanā uppāditabhāvaṃ appaṭijānanto purimavacanaṃ vivaranto –
‘‘sammukhā paṭiggahitamidaṃ mayā tassa bhagavato catuvesārajjavisāradassa dasabaladharassa
āsabhaṭṭhānaṭṭhāyino sīhanādanādino sabbasattuttamassa dhammissarassa dhammarājassa dhammādhipatino
dhammadīpassa dhammasaraṇassa saddhammavaracakkavattino sammāsambuddhassa vacanaṃ, na ettha
atthe vā dhamme vā pade vā byañjane vā kaṅkhā vā vimati vā kātabbā’’ti sabbesaṃ devamanussānaṃ
imasmiṃ dhamme assaddhiyaṃ vināseti, saddhāsampadaṃ uppādeti. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
‘‘Vināsayati assaddhaṃ, saddhaṃ vaḍḍheti sāsane;
Evaṃ me sutamiccevaṃ, vadaṃ gotamasāvako’’ti.
Eka nti gaṇanaparicchedaniddeso. Samaya nti paricchinnaniddeso. Ekaṃ samaya nti
aniyamitaparidīpanaṃ. Tattha samaya saddo –
‘‘Samavāye khaṇe kāle, samūhe hetudiṭṭhisu;
Paṭilābhe pahāne ca, paṭivedhe ca dissati’’.
Tathā hissa – ‘‘appevanāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāma kālañca samayañca upādāyā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni.
1.447) samavāyo attho. ‘‘Ekova kho bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni.
8.29) khaṇo. ‘‘Uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo’’tiādīsu (pāci. 358) kālo. ‘‘Mahāsamayo pavanasmi’’ntiādīsu
(dī. ni. 2.332) samūho. ‘‘Samayopi kho te, bhaddāli, appaṭividdho ahosi, bhagavā kho sāvatthiyaṃ viharati,
bhagav āpi ma ṃ jānissati, bhadd āli n āma bhikkhu satthus āsane sikkh āya aparip ūrak ārī’ti. Ayampi kho, te
bhadd āli, samayo appa ṭividdho ahos ī’’ ti ādīsu (ma. ni. 2.135) hetu. ‘‘ Tena kho pana samayena
uggahamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme
pa ṭivasatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.260) diṭṭhi.
‘‘Diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho, yo cattho samparāyiko;
Atthābhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍitoti pavuccatī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.128) –
Ādīsu paṭilābho. ‘‘Sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 7.9) pahānaṃ. ‘‘Dukkhassa
pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho abhisamayaṭṭho’’tiādīsu (paṭi. 108) paṭivedho. Idha
panassa k ālo attho. Tena
saṃvaccharautumāsaḍḍhamāsarattidivapubbaṇhamajjhanhikasāyanhapaṭhamamajjhi-
mapacchimayāmamuhuttādīsu kālappabhedabhūtesu samayesu ekaṃ samayanti dīpeti.
Tattha kiñcāpi etesu saṃvaccharādīsu samayesu yaṃ yaṃ suttaṃ yasmiṃ yasmiṃ saṃvacchare utumhi
māse pakkhe rattibhāge vā divasabhāge vā vuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ therassa suviditaṃ suvavatthāpitaṃ paññāya.
Yasmā pana – ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ’’ asukasaṃvacchare asukautumhi asukamāse asukapakkhe asukarattibhāge
asukadivasabhāge vāti evaṃ vutte na sakkā sukhena dhāretuṃ vā uddisituṃ vā uddisāpetuṃ vā, bahu ca
vattabbaṃ hoti, tasmā ekeneva padena tamatthaṃ samodhānetvā ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti āha. Ye vā ime
gabbhokkantisamayo, jātisamayo, saṃvegasamayo, abhinikkhamanasamayo, dukkarakārikasamayo,
māravijayasamayo, abhisambodhisamayo diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārasamayo, desanāsamayo,
parinibb ānasamayoti, evamādayo bhagavato devamanussesu ativiya pakāsā anekakālappabhedā eva samayā.
Tesu samayesu desanāsamayasaṅkhātaṃ ekaṃ samayanti dīpeti. Yo cāyaṃ ñāṇakaruṇākiccasamayesu
karuṇākiccasamayo, attahitaparahitapaṭipattisamayesu parahitapaṭipattisamayo, sannipatitānaṃ
karaṇīyadvayasamayesu dhammikathāsamayo desanāpaṭipattisamayesu desanāsamayo, tesupi samayesu
aññataraṃ samayaṃ sandhāya ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’ nti āha.
Kasmā panettha yathā abhidhamme ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacara’’nti (dha. sa. 1) ca, ito aññesu ca
suttapadesu – ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehī’’ti ca bhummavacananiddeso kato,
vinaye ca – ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā’’ti karaṇavacanena, tathā akatvā ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti
upayogavacananiddeso katoti? Tattha tathā idha ca aññathā atthasambhavato. Tattha hi abhidhamme ito
aññesu suttapadesu ca adhikaraṇattho bhāvena bhāvalakkhaṇattho ca sambhavati. Adhikaraṇañhi kālattho,
samūhattho ca samayo, tattha tattha vuttānaṃ phassādidhammānaṃ khaṇasamavāyahetusaṅkhātassa ca
samayassa bhāvena tesaṃ bhāvo lakkhīyati, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ tattha bhummavacananiddeso kato.
Vinaye ca hetuattho karaṇattho ca sambhavati. Yo hi so sikkhāpadapaññattisamayo sāriputtādīhipi
dubbiññeyyo, tena samayena hetubhūtena karaṇabhūtena ca sikkhāpadāni paññāpayanto
sikkhāpadapaññattihetuñca apekkhamāno bhagavā tattha tattha vihāsi, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ tattha
karaṇavacanena niddeso kato.
Idha pana aññasmiñca evaṃ jātike accantasaṃyogattho sambhavati. Yañhi samayaṃ bhagavā imaṃ
aññaṃ vā suttantaṃ desesi, accantameva taṃ samayaṃ karuṇāvihārena vihāsi, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ
idha upayogavacananiddeso katoti.
Tenetaṃ vuccati –
‘‘Taṃ taṃ atthamapekkhitvā, bhummena karaṇena ca;
Aññatra samayo vutto, upayogena so idhā’’ti.
Porāṇā pana vaṇṇayanti – ‘‘tasmiṃ samaye’’ti vā, ‘‘tena samayenā’’ti vā, ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti vā,
abhilāpamattabhedo esa, sabbattha bhummamevatthoti. Tasmā ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti vuttepi ‘‘ekasmiṃ
samaye’’ti attho veditabbo.
Bhagavāti garu. Garuñhi loke bhagavāti vadanti. Ayañca sabbaguṇavisiṭṭhatāya sabbasattānaṃ garu,
tasm ā bhagav āti veditabbo. Por āṇ ehipi vutta ṃ –
‘‘Bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, bhagavāti vacanamuttamaṃ;
Garu gāravayutto so, bhagavā tena vuccatī’’ti.
Api ca –
‘‘Bhāgyavā bhaggavā yutto, bhagehi ca vibhattavā;
Bhattavā vantagamano, bhavesu bhagavā tato’’ti.
Imissā gāthāya vasenassa padassa vitthāraattho veditabbo. So ca visuddhimagge buddhānussatiniddese
vuttoyeva.
Ettāvatā cettha evaṃ me suta nti vacanena yathāsutaṃ dhammaṃ dassento bhagavato dhammakāyaṃ
paccakkha ṃ karoti. Tena ‘‘nayidaṃ atikkantasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, ayaṃ vo satthā’’ti satthu adassanena
ukkaṇṭhitaṃ janaṃ samassāseti.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavāti vacanena tasmiṃ samaye bhagavato avijjamānabhāvaṃ dassento
rūpakāyaparinibbānaṃ sādheti. Tena ‘‘evaṃvidhassa nāma ariyadhammassa desako dasabaladharo
vajirasaṅghāta samānakāyo sopi bhagavā parinibbuto, kena aññena jīvite āsā janetabbā’’ti jīvitamadamattaṃ
jana ṃ saṃvejeti, saddhamme cassa ussāhaṃ janeti.
Eva nti ca bhaṇanto desanāsampattiṃ niddisati. Me suta nti sāvakasampattiṃ. Ekaṃ samaya nti
kālasampattiṃ. Bhagavāti desakasampattiṃ.
Antarā ca rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷanda nti antarā-saddo kāraṇakhaṇacittavemajjhavivarādīsu
dissati. ‘‘Tadantaraṃ ko jāneyya aññatra tathāgatā’’ti (a. ni. 6.44) ca, ‘‘janā saṅgamma mantenti mañca tañca
kimantara’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.228) ca ādīsu hi kāraṇe antarā-saddo. ‘‘Addasa maṃ, bhante, aññatarā itthī
vijjantarikāya bhājanaṃ dhovantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.149) khaṇe. ‘‘Yassantarato na santi kopā’’tiādīsu (udā.
20) citte. ‘‘Antarā vosānamāpādī’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 350) vemajjhe. ‘‘Api cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, tapodā dvinnaṃ
mahānirayānaṃ antarikāya āgacchatī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 231) vivare. Svāyamidha vivare vattati, tasmā
rājagahassa ca nāḷandāya ca vivareti evametthattho veditabbo. Antarā-saddena pana yuttattā
upayogavacanaṃ kataṃ. Īdisesu ca ṭhānesu akkharacintakā ‘‘antarā gāmañca nadiñca yātī’’ti evaṃ ekameva
antarāsaddaṃ payujjanti, so dutiyapadenapi yojetabbo hoti, ayojiyamāne upayogavacanaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Idha
pana yojetv āyeva vuttoti.
Addhānamaggappaṭipanno hotīti addhānasaṅkhātaṃ maggaṃ paṭipanno hoti, ‘‘dīghamagga’’nti
attho. Addhānagamanasamayassa hi vibhaṅge ‘‘aḍḍhayojanaṃ gacchissāmīti bhuñjitabba’’ntiādivacanato
(pāci. 218) aḍḍhayojanampi addhānamaggo hoti. Rājagahato pana nāḷandā yojanameva.
Mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhi nti ‘mahatā’ti guṇamahattenapi mahatā, saṅkhyāmahattenapi
mahatā. So hi bhikkhusaṅgho guṇehipi mahā ahosi, appicchatādiguṇasamannāgatattā. Saṅkhyāyapi mahā,
pañcasatasa ṅkhyattā. Bhikkhūnaṃ saṅgho ‘bhikkhusaṅgho’, tena bhikkhusaṅghena.
Diṭṭhisīlasāmaññasaṅghātasaṅkhātena samaṇagaṇenāti attho. Saddhi nti ekato.
Pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehīti pañcamattā etesanti pañcamattāni. Mattāti pamāṇaṃ vuccati, tasmā
yathā ‘‘bhojane mattaññū’’ti vutte ‘‘bhojane mattaṃ jānāti, pamāṇaṃ jānātī’’ti attho hoti, evamidhāpi –
‘‘tesaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ pañcamattā pañcapamāṇa’’nti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Bhikkhūnaṃ satāni
bhikkhusatāni, tehi pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi.
Suppiyopi kho paribbājako ti suppiyo ti tassa nāmaṃ. Pi -kāro maggappaṭipannasabhāgatāya
puggalasampi ṇḍanattho. Kho -kāro padasandhikaro, byañjanasiliṭṭhatāvasena vutto. Paribbājako ti
sañjayassa antev āsī channaparibb ājako. Ida ṃ vutta ṃ hoti – ‘‘ yad ā bhagav ā ta ṃ addh ānamagga ṃ pa ṭipanno,
tad ā suppiyopi paribb ājako pa ṭipanno ahos ī’’ ti. At ītak ālattho hettha hoti -saddo.
Saddhiṃ antevāsinā brahmadattena māṇavenāti – ettha ante vasatīti antevāsī. Samīpacāro
santikāvacaro sissoti attho. Brahmadatto ti tassa nāmaṃ. Māṇavo ti sattopi coropi taruṇopi vuccati.
‘‘Coditā devadūtehi, ye pamajjanti māṇavā;
Te dīgharattaṃ socanti, hīnakāyūpagā narā’’ti. (ma. ni. 3.271) –
Ādīsu hi satto māṇavoti vutto. ‘‘Māṇavehipi samāgacchanti katakammehipi akatakammehipī’’tiādīsu (ma.
ni. 2.149) coro. ‘‘Ambaṭṭho māṇavo, aṅgako māṇavo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.316) taruṇo ‘māṇavo’ti vutto. Idhāpi
ayamevattho. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti – brahmadattena nāma taruṇantevāsinā saddhinti.
Tatrāti tasmiṃ addhānamagge, tesu vā dvīsu janesu. Suda nti nipātamattaṃ. Anekapariyāyenāti
pariy āya-saddo tāva vāradesanākāraṇesu vattati. ‘‘Kassa nu kho, ānanda, ajja pariyāyo bhikkhuniyo
ovaditu’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.398) hi vāre pariyāyasaddo vattati. ‘‘Madhupiṇḍikapariyāyotveva naṃ
dhārehī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.205) desanāyaṃ. ‘‘Imināpi kho, te rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotū’’tiādīsu (dī. ni.
2.411) kāraṇe. Svāyamidhāpi kāraṇe vattati, tasmā ayamettha attho – ‘‘anekavidhena kāraṇenā’’ti, ‘‘bahūhi
kāraṇehī’’ti vuttaṃ hoti.
Buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti avaṇṇavirahitassa aparimāṇavaṇṇasamannāgatassāpi buddhassa
bhagavato – ‘‘yaṃ loke jātivuḍḍhesu kattabbaṃ abhivādanādisāmīcikammaṃ ‘sāmaggiraso’ti vuccati, taṃ
samaṇassa gotamassa natthi tasmā arasarūpo samaṇo gotamo, nibbhogo, akiriyavādo, ucchedavādo,
jegucch ī, venayiko, tapassī, apagabbho. Natthi samaṇassa gotamassa uttarimanussadhammo
alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso. Takkapariyāhataṃ samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ deseti, vīmaṃsānucaritaṃ,
sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ. Samaṇo gotamo na sabbaññū, na lokavidū, na anuttaro, na aggapuggalo’’ti. Evaṃ taṃ
taṃ akāraṇameva kāraṇanti vatvā tathā tathā avaṇṇaṃ dosaṃ nindaṃ bhāsati.
Yathā ca buddhassa, evaṃ dhammassāpi taṃ taṃ akāraṇameva kāraṇato vatvā – ‘‘samaṇassa gotamassa
dhammo durakkhāto, duppaṭivedito, aniyyāniko, anupasamasaṃvattaniko’’ti tathā tathā avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.
Yathā ca dhammassa, evaṃ saṅghassāpi yaṃ vā taṃ vā akāraṇameva kāraṇato vatvā –
‘‘micchāpaṭipanno samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakasaṅgho, kuṭilapaṭipanno, paccanīkapaṭipadaṃ
ananulomapaṭipadaṃ adhammānulomapaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno’’ti tathā tathā avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.
Antevāsī panassa – ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo aparāmasitabbaṃ parāmasati, anakkamitabbaṃ akkamati,
svāyaṃ aggiṃ gilanto viya, hatthena asidhāraṃ parāmasanto viya, muṭṭhinā sineruṃ padāletukāmo viya,
kakacadantapantiyaṃ kīḷamāno viya, pabhinnamadaṃ caṇḍahatthiṃ hatthena gaṇhanto viya ca
vaṇṇārahasseva ratanattayassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsamāno anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇissati. Ācariye kho pana gūthaṃ
vā aggiṃ vā kaṇṭakaṃ vā kaṇhasappaṃ vā akkamante, sūlaṃ vā abhirūhante, halāhalaṃ vā visaṃ khādante,
khārodakaṃ vā pakkhalante, narakapapātaṃ vā papatante, na antevāsinā taṃ sabbamanukātabbaṃ hoti.
Kammassakā hi sattā attano kammānurūpameva gatiṃ gacchanti. Neva pitā puttassa kammena gacchati, na
putto pitu kammena, na m ātā puttassa, na putto mātuyā, na bhātā bhaginiyā, na bhaginī bhātu, na ācariyo
antevāsino, na antevāsī ācariyassa kammena gacchati. Mayhañca ācariyo tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ avaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati, mahāsāvajjo kho panāriyūpavādoti. Evaṃ yoniso ummujjitvā ācariyavādaṃ maddamāno
sammākāraṇameva kāraṇato apadisanto anekapariyāyena tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitumāraddho, yathā
taṃ paṇḍitajātiko kulaputto’’. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘suppiyassa pana paribbājakassa antevāsī brahmadatto māṇavo
anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’ti.
Tattha vaṇṇanti vaṇṇa-saddo saṇṭhāna-jāti-rūpāyatana-kāraṇa-pamāṇa-guṇa-pasaṃsādīsu dissati.
Tattha ‘‘mahantaṃ sapparājavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.142) saṇṭhānaṃ vuccati.
‘‘Brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.402) jāti. ‘‘Paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya
samann āgato ’’ ti ādīsu (d ī. ni. 1.303) r ūpāyatana ṃ.
‘‘ Na har āmi na bhañj āmi, ārā si ṅgh āmi v ārija ṃ;
Atha kena nu vaṇṇena, gandhatthenoti vuccatī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.234) –
Ādīsu kāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Tayo pattassa vaṇṇā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 602) pamāṇaṃ. ‘‘Kadā saññūḷhā pana, te gahapati, ime
samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.77) guṇo. ‘‘Vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni.
2.135) pasaṃsā. Idha guṇopi pasaṃsāpi. Ayaṃ kira taṃ taṃ bhūtameva kāraṇaṃ apadisanto
anekapariyāyena ratanattayassa guṇūpasañhitaṃ pasaṃsaṃ abhāsi. Tattha – ‘‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho’’tiādinā (pārā. 1) nayena, ‘‘ye bhikkhave, buddhe pasannā agge te pasannā’’tiādinā
‘‘ekapuggalo, bhikkhave, loke uppajjamāno uppajjati…pe… asamo asamasamo’’tiādinā (a. ni. 1.174) ca
nayena buddhassa vaṇṇo veditabbo. ‘‘Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’’ti (dī. ni. 2.159) ca ‘‘ālayasamugghāto
vaṭṭupacchedo’’ti (iti. 90, a. ni. 4.34) ca, ‘‘ye bhikkhave, ariye aṭṭhaṅgike magge pasannā, agge te pasannā’’ti
ca evamādīhi nayehi dhammassa vaṇṇo veditabbo. ‘‘Suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’’ti (dī. ni.
2.159) ca, ‘‘ye, bhikkhave, saṅghe pasannā, agge te pasannā’’ti (a. ni. 4.34) ca evamādīhi pana nayehi
saṅghassa vaṇṇo veditabbo. Pahontena pana dhammakathikena pañcanikāye navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ
caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassāni ogāhitvā buddhādīnaṃ vaṇṇo pakāsetabbo. Imasmiñhi ṭhāne
buddhādīnaṃ guṇe pakāsento atitthena pakkhando dhammakathikoti na sakkā vattuṃ. Īdisesu hi ṭhānesu
dhammakathikassa thāmo veditabbo. Brahmadatto pana māṇavo anussavādimattasambandhitena attano
thāmena ratanattayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.
Itiha te ubho ācariyantevāsīti evaṃ te dve ācariyantevāsikā. Aññamaññassāti añño aññassa.
Ujuvipaccanīkavādāti īsakampi apariharitvā ujumeva vividhapaccanīkavādā, anekavāraṃ viruddhavādā eva
hutvāti attho. Ācariyena hi ratanattayassa avaṇṇe bhāsite antevāsī vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, puna itaro avaṇṇaṃ, itaro
vaṇṇanti evaṃ ācariyo sāraphalake visarukkhaāṇiṃ ākoṭayamāno viya punappunaṃ ratanattayassa avaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati. Antevāsī pana suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimayāya āṇiyā taṃ āṇiṃ paṭibāhayamāno viya punappunaṃ
ratanattayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ujuvipaccanīkavādā’’ti.
Bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti bhikkhusaṅghañcāti bhagavantañca
bhikkhusaṅghañca pacchato pacchato dassanaṃ avijahantā iriyāpathānubandhanena anubandhā honti,
sīsānulokino hutvā anugatā hontīti attho.
Kasmā pana bhagavā taṃ addhānaṃ paṭipanno? Kasmā ca suppiyo anubandho? Kasmā ca so
ratanattayassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti? Bhagavā tāva tasmiṃ kāle rājagahaparivattakesu aṭṭhārasasu
mahāvihāresu aññatarasmiṃ vasitvā pātova sarīrappaṭijagganaṃ katvā bhikkhācāravelāyaṃ
bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto rājagahe piṇḍāya carati. So taṃ divasaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa sulabhapiṇḍapātaṃ katvā
pacch ābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gāhāpetvā – ‘‘nāḷandaṃ gamissāmī’’ti,
rājagahato nikkhamitvā taṃ addhānaṃ paṭipanno. Suppiyopi kho tasmiṃ kāle rājagahaparivattake
aññatarasmiṃ paribbājakārāme vasitvā paribbājakaparivuto rājagahe bhikkhāya carati. Sopi taṃ divasaṃ
paribb ājakaparisāya sulabhabhikkhaṃ katvā bhuttapātarāso paribbājake paribbājakaparikkhāraṃ gāhāpetvā –
nāḷandaṃ gamissāmicceva bhagavato taṃ maggaṃ paṭipannabhāvaṃ ajānantova anubandho. Sace pana
jāneyya nānubandheyya. So ajānitvāva gacchanto gīvaṃ ukkhipitvā olokayamāno bhagavantaṃ addasa
buddhasiriyā sobhamānaṃ rattakambalaparikkhittamiva jaṅgamakanakagirisikharaṃ.
Tasmiṃ kira samaye dasabalassa sarīrato nikkhamitvā chabbaṇṇarasmiyo samantā asītihatthappamāṇe
padese ādhāvanti vidhāvanti ratanāveḷaratanadāmaratanacuṇṇavippakiṇṇaṃ viya,
pas āritaratanacittakañcanapaṭamiva, rattasuvaṇṇarasanisiñcamānamiva, ukkāsatanipātasamākulamiva,
nirantaravippakiṇṇakaṇikārapupphamiva vāyuvegakkhittacīnapiṭṭhacuṇṇamiva,
indadhanuvijjulatātārāgaṇappabhāvisaravipphuritaviccharitamiva ca taṃ vanantaraṃ hoti.
Asīti anubyañjanānurañjitañca pana bhagavato sarīraṃ vikasitakamaluppalamiva, saraṃ
sabbapāliphullamiva pāricchattakaṃ, tārāmarīcivikasitamiva, gaganatalaṃ siriyā avahasantamiva,
byāmappabhāparikkhepavilāsinī cassa dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇamālā ganthetvā ṭhapitadvattiṃsacandamālāya
dvattiṃsasūriyamālāya paṭipāṭiyā
ṭhapitadvattiṃsacakkavattidvattiṃsasakkadevarājadvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ siriṃ siriyā abhibhavantimiva.
Tañca pana bhagavanta ṃ pariv āretv ā ṭ hit ā bhikkh ū sabbeva appicch ā santu ṭṭ hā pavivitt ā asa ṃ sa ṭṭ hā
codakā pāpagarahino vattāro vacanakkhamā sīlasampannā
samādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiññāṇadassanasampannā. Tesaṃ majjhe bhagavā rattakambalapākāraparikkhitto
viya kañcanathambho, rattapadumasaṇḍamajjhagatā viya suvaṇṇanāvā, pavāḷavedikāparikkhitto viya
aggikkhandho, tārāgaṇaparivārito viya puṇṇacando migapakkhīnampi cakkhūni pīṇayati, pageva
devamanussānaṃ. Tasmiñca pana divase yebhuyyena asītimahātherā meghavaṇṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ ekaṃsaṃ
karitvā kattaradaṇḍaṃ ādāya suvammavammitā viya gandhahatthino vigatadosā vantadosā bhinnakilesā
vijaṭitajaṭā chinnabandhanā bhagavantaṃ parivārayiṃsu. So sayaṃ vītarāgo vītarāgehi, sayaṃ vītadoso
vītadosehi, sayaṃ vītamoho vītamohehi, sayaṃ vītataṇho vītataṇhehi, sayaṃ nikkileso nikkilesehi, sayaṃ
buddho anubuddhehi parivārito; pattaparivāritaṃ viya kesaraṃ, kesaraparivāritā viya kaṇṇikā,
aṭṭhanāgasahassaparivārito viya chaddanto nāgarājā, navutihaṃsasahassaparivārito viya dhataraṭṭho
haṃsarājā, senaṅgaparivārito viya cakkavattirājā, devagaṇaparivārito viya sakko devarājā,
brahmagaṇaparivārito viya hārito mahābrahmā, aparimitakālasañcitapuññabalanibbattāya acinteyyāya
anopamāya buddhalīlāya cando viya gaganatalaṃ taṃ maggaṃ paṭipanno hoti.
Athevaṃ bhagavantaṃ anopamāya buddhalīlāya gacchantaṃ bhikkhū ca okkhittacakkhū santindriye
santamānase uparinabhe ṭhitaṃ puṇṇacandaṃ viya bhagavantaṃyeva namassamāne disvāva paribbājako
attano parisaṃ avalokesi. Sā hoti kājadaṇḍake olambetvā
gahitoluggaviluggapiṭṭhakatidaṇḍamorapiñchamattikāpattapasibbakakuṇḍikādianekaparikkhārabhārabharitā.
‘‘Asukassa hatthā sobhaṇā, asukassa pādā’’ti evamādiniratthakavacanā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā adassanīyā
apāsādikā. Tassa taṃ disvā vippaṭisāro udapādi.
Idāni tena bhagavato vaṇṇo vattabbo bhaveyya. Yasmā panesa lābhasakkārahāniyā ceva pakkhahāniyā
ca niccampi bhagavantaṃ usūyati. Aññatitthiyānañhi yāva buddho loke nuppajjati, tāvadeva lābhasakkārā
nibbattanti, buddhuppādato pana paṭṭhāya parihīnalābhasakkārā honti, sūriyuggamane khajjopanakā viya
nissirīkataṃ āpajjanti. Upatissakolitānañca sañjayassa santike pabbajitakāleyeva paribbājakā mahāparisā
ahesuṃ, tesu pana pakkantesu sāpi tesaṃ parisā bhinnā. Iti imehi dvīhi kāraṇehi ayaṃ paribbājako yasmā
niccampi bhagavantaṃ usūyati, tasmā taṃ usūyavisuggāraṃ uggiranto ratanattayassa avaṇṇameva bhāsatīti
veditabbo.
2. Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ rājāgārake ekarattivāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ
bhikkhusaṅghenāti bhagavā tāya buddhalīlāya gacchamāno anupubbena ambalaṭṭhikādvāraṃ pāpuṇitvā
sūriyaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘akālo dāni gantuṃ, atthasamīpaṃ gato sūriyo’’ti ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ rājāgārake
ekarattivāsaṃ upagacchi.
Tattha ambalaṭṭhikāti rañño uyyānaṃ. Tassa kira dvārasamīpe taruṇaambarukkho atthi, taṃ
‘‘ambalaṭṭhikā’’ti vadanti. Tassa avidūre bhavattā uyyānampi ambalaṭṭhikā tveva saṅkhyaṃ gataṃ. Taṃ
chāyūdakasampannaṃ pākāraparikkhittaṃ suyojitadvāraṃ mañjusā viya suguttaṃ. Tattha rañño kīḷanatthaṃ
pa ṭibhānacittavicittaṃ agāraṃ akaṃsu. Taṃ ‘‘rājāgāraka’’nti vuccati.
Suppiyopi kho ti suppiyopi tasmiṃ ṭhāne sūriyaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘akālo dāni gantuṃ, bahū
khuddakamahallakā paribbājakā, bahuparissayo ca ayaṃ maggo corehipi vāḷayakkhehipi vāḷamigehipi.
Ayaṃ kho pana samaṇo gotamo uyyānaṃ paviṭṭho, samaṇassa ca gotamassa vasanaṭṭhāne devatā ārakkhaṃ
gaṇhanti, handāhampi idha ekarattivāsaṃ upagantvā sveva gamissāmī’’ti tadevuyyānaṃ pāvisi. Tato
bhikkhusaṅgho bhagavato vattaṃ dassetvā attano attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhesi. Paribbājakopi
uyyānassa ekapasse paribbājakaparikkhāre otāretvā vāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ attano parisāya.
Pāḷiyamārūḷhavaseneva pana – ‘‘saddhiṃ attano antevāsinā brahmadattena māṇavenā’’ti vuttaṃ.
Evaṃ vāsaṃ upagato pana so paribbājako rattibhāge dasabalaṃ olokesi. Tasmiñca samaye samantā
vippakiṇṇatārakā viya padīpā jalanti, majjhe bhagavā nisinno hoti, bhikkhusaṅgho ca bhagavantaṃ
pariv āretvā. Tattha ekabhikkhussapi hatthakukkuccaṃ vā pādakukkuccaṃ vā ukkāsitasaddo vā khipitasaddo
vā natthi. Sā hi parisā attano ca sikkhitasikkhatāya satthari ca gāravenāti dvīhi kāraṇehi nivāte padīpasikhā
viya niccalā sannisinnāva ahosi. Paribbājako taṃ vibhūtiṃ disvā attano parisaṃ olokesi. Tattha keci hatthaṃ
khipanti, keci p āda ṃ , keci vippalapanti, keci nill ālitajivh ā paggharitakhe ḷā , dante kh ādant ā
kākacchamānā gharugharupassāsino sayanti. So ratanattayassa guṇavaṇṇe vattabbepi issāvasena puna
avaṇṇameva ārabhi. Brahmadatto pana vuttanayeneva vaṇṇaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tatrāpi sudaṃ suppiyo
paribb ājako’’ti sabbaṃ vattabbaṃ. Tattha tatrāpīti tasmimpi, ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ uyyāneti attho.
3 . Sambahulāna nti bahukānaṃ. Tattha vinayapariyāyena tayo janā ‘‘sambahulā’’ti vuccanti. Tato
para ṃ saṅgho. Suttantapariyāyena pana tayo tayova tato paṭṭhāya sambahulā. Idha suttantapariyāyena
‘‘sambahulā’’ti veditabbā. Maṇḍalamāḷeti katthaci dve kaṇṇikā gahetvā haṃsavaṭṭakacchannena katā
kūṭāgārasālāpi ‘‘maṇḍalamāḷo’’ti vuccati, katthaci ekaṃ kaṇṇikaṃ gahetvā thambhapantiṃ parikkhipitvā
katā upaṭṭhānasālāpi ‘‘maṇḍalamāḷo’’ti vuccati. Idha pana nisīdanasālā ‘‘maṇḍalamāḷo’’ti veditabbo.
Sannisinnāna nti nisajjanavasena. Sannipatitāna nti samodhānavasena. Ayaṃ saṅkhiyadhammo ti saṅkhiyā
vuccati kathā, kathādhammoti attho. Udapādīti uppanno. Katamo pana soti? Acchariyaṃ āvusoti evamādi.
Tattha andhassa pabbatārohaṇaṃ viya niccaṃ na hotīti acchariyaṃ.Ayaṃ tāva saddanayo. Ayaṃ pana
aṭṭhakathānayo – accharāyogganti acchariyaṃ.Accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti attho. Abhūtapubbaṃ bhūtanti
abbhutaṃ.Ubhayaṃ petaṃ vimhayassevādhivacanaṃ. Yāvañcida nti yāva ca idaṃ tena suppaṭividitatāya
appameyyattaṃ dasseti.
Tena bhagavatā jānatā…pe… suppaṭividitāti etthāyaṃ saṅkhepattho. Yo so bhagavā samatiṃsa
pāramiyo pūretvā sabbakilese bhañjitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, tena bhagavatā tesaṃ
tesaṃ sattānaṃ āsayānusayaṃ jānatā,hatthatale ṭhapitaṃ āmalakaṃ viya sabbañeyyadhammaṃ passatā.
Api ca pubbenivāsādīhi jānatā,dibbena cakkhunā passatā.Tīhi vijjāhi chahi vā pana abhiññāhi jānatā,
sabbattha appaṭihatena samantacakkhunā passatā. Sabbadhammajānanasamatthāya vā paññāya jānatā,
sabbasattānaṃ cakkhuvisayātītāni tirokuṭṭādigatānipi rūpāni ativisuddhena maṃsacakkhunā passatā.
Attahitasādhikāya vā samādhipadaṭṭhānāya paṭivedhapaññāya jānatā,parahitasādhikāya karuṇāpadaṭṭhānāya
desanāpaññāya passatā.
Arīnaṃ hatattā paccayādīnañca arahattā arahatā.Sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā
sammāsambuddhena antarāyikadhamme vā jānatā,niyyānikadhamme passatā,kilesārīnaṃ hatattā arahatā.
Sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddhenāti. Evaṃ catūvesārajjavasena
catūhākārehi thomitena sattānaṃ nānādhimuttikatānānajjhāsayatā suppaṭividitā yāva ca suṭṭhu paṭividitā.
Idānissa suppaṭividitabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ayañhītiādimāha. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti yā ca ayaṃ bhagavatā
‘‘dhātuso, bhikkhave, sattā saṃsandanti samenti, hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samenti, kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti. Atītampi kho, bhikkhave,
addhānaṃ dhātusova sattā saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu, hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi…pe…
kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu, anāgatampi kho, bhikkhave,
addhānaṃ…pe… saṃsandissanti samessanti, etarahipi kho, bhikkhave, paccuppannaṃ addhānaṃ dhātusova
sattā saṃsandanti samenti, hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi…pe… kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentī’’ti evaṃ sattānaṃ nānādhimuttikatā, nānajjhāsayatā, nānādiṭṭhikatā,
nānākhantitā, nānārucitā, nāḷiyā minantena viya tulāya tulayantena viya ca nānādhimuttikatāñāṇena
sabbaññutaññāṇena viditā, sā yāva suppaṭividitā. Dvepi nāma sattā ekajjhāsayā dullabhā lokasmiṃ.
Ekasmiṃ gantukāme eko ṭhātukāmo hoti, ekasmiṃ pivitukāme eko bhuñjitukāmo. Imesu cāpi dvīsu
ācariyantevāsīsu ayañhi ‘‘suppiyo paribbājako…pe… bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti
bhikkhusaṅghañcā’’ti. Tattha itihameti itiha ime, evaṃ imeti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
4. Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imaṃ saṅkhiyadhammaṃ viditvāti ettha viditvāti
sabbaññutaññāṇena jānitvā. Bhagavā hi katthaci maṃsacakkhunā disvā jānāti – ‘‘addasā kho bhagavā
mahantaṃ dārukkhandhaṃ gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamāna’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.241) viya. Katthaci
dibbacakkhunā disvā jānāti – ‘‘addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā
devatāyo sahassasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni parigaṇhantiyo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.152) viya. Katthaci pakatisotena
sutvā jānāti – ‘‘assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ
kathāsallāpa’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.213) viya. Katthaci dibbasotena sutvā jānāti – ‘‘assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya
sotadh ātuy ā visuddh āya atikkantam ānusik āya sandh ānassa gahapatissa nigrodhena paribb ājakena
saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpa’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.54) viya. Idha pana sabbaññutaññāṇena sutvā aññāsi. Kiṃ
karonto aññāsi? Pacchimayāmakiccaṃ, kiccañca nāmetaṃ sātthakaṃ, niratthakanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tattha
niratthakakiccaṃ bhagavatā bodhipallaṅkeyeva arahattamaggena samugghātaṃ kataṃ. Sātthakaṃyeva pana
bhagavato kiccaṃ hoti. Taṃ pañcavidhaṃ – purebhattakiccaṃ, pacchābhattakiccaṃ, purimayāmakiccaṃ,
majjhimayāmakiccaṃ, pacchimayāmakiccanti.
Tatridaṃ purebhattakiccaṃ –
Bhagavā hi pātova uṭṭhāya upaṭṭhākānuggahatthaṃ sarīraphāsukatthañca
mukhadhovanādisarīraparikammaṃ katvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā tāva vivittāsane vītināmetvā,
bhikkhācāravelāyaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā pattamādāya kadāci ekako,
kadāci bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto, gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati; kadāci pakatiyā, kadāci anekehi
pāṭihāriyehi vattamānehi. Seyyathidaṃ, piṇḍāya pavisato lokanāthassa purato purato gantvā mudugatavātā
pathavi ṃ sodhenti, valāhakā udakaphusitāni muñcantā magge reṇuṃ vūpasametvā upari vitānaṃ hutvā
tiṭṭhanti, apare vātā pupphāni upasaṃharitvā magge okiranti, unnatā bhūmippadesā onamanti, onatā
unnamanti, pādanikkhepasamaye samāva bhūmi hoti, sukhasamphassāni padumapupphāni vā pāde
sampaṭicchanti. Indakhīlassa anto ṭhapitamatte dakkhiṇapāde sarīrato chabbaṇṇarasmiyo nikkhamitvā
suvaṇṇarasapiñjarāni viya citrapaṭaparikkhittāni viya ca pāsādakūṭāgārādīni alaṅkarontiyo ito cito ca
dhāvanti, hatthiassavihaṅgādayo sakasakaṭṭhānesu ṭhitāyeva madhurenākārena saddaṃ karonti, tathā
bherivīṇādīni tūriyāni manussānañca kāyūpagāni ābharaṇāni. Tena saññāṇena manussā jānanti – ‘‘ajja
bhagavā idha piṇḍāya paviṭṭho’’ti. Te sunivatthā supārutā gandhapupphādīni ādāya gharā nikkhamitvā
antaravīthiṃ paṭipajjitvā bhagavantaṃ gandhapupphādīhi sakkaccaṃ pūjetvā vanditvā – ‘‘amhākaṃ, bhante,
dasa bhikkhū, amhākaṃ vīsati, paññāsaṃ…pe… sataṃ dethā’’ti yācitvā bhagavatopi pattaṃ gahetvā āsanaṃ
paññapetv ā sakkaccaṃ piṇḍapātena paṭimānenti. Bhagavā katabhattakicco tesaṃ sattānaṃ cittasantānāni
oloketvā tathā dhammaṃ deseti, yathā keci saraṇagamanesu patiṭṭhahanti, keci pañcasu sīlesu, keci
sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiphalānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ; keci pabbajitvā aggaphale arahatteti. Evaṃ
mahājanaṃ anuggahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ gacchati. Tattha gantvā maṇḍalamāḷe paññattavarabuddhāsane
nisīdati, bhikkhūnaṃ bhattakiccapariyosānaṃ āgamayamāno. Tato bhikkhūnaṃ bhattakiccapariyosāne
upaṭṭhāko bhagavato nivedeti. Atha bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisati. Idaṃ tāva purebhattakiccaṃ.
Atha bhagavā evaṃ katapurebhattakicco gandhakuṭiyā upaṭṭhāne nisīditvā pāde pakkhāletvā pādapīṭhe
ṭhatvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ovadati – ‘‘bhikkhave, appamādena sampādetha, dullabho buddhuppādo lokasmiṃ,
dullabho manussattapaṭilābho, dullabhā sampatti, dullabhā pabbajjā, dullabhaṃ saddhammassavana’’nti.
Tattha keci bhagavantaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchanti. Bhagavāpi tesaṃ cariyānurūpaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ deti.
Tato sabbepi bhagavantaṃ vanditvā attano attano rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānāni gacchanti. Keci araññaṃ, keci
rukkhamūlaṃ, keci pabbatādīnaṃ aññataraṃ, keci cātumahārājikabhavanaṃ…pe… keci
vasavattibhavananti. Tato bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā sace ākaṅkhati, dakkhiṇena passena sato
sampajāno muhuttaṃ sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti. Atha samassāsitakāyo vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyabhāge lokaṃ voloketi.
Tatiyabhāge yaṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati tattha mahājano purebhattaṃ dānaṃ datvā
pacch ābhattaṃ sunivattho supāruto gandhapupphādīni ādāya vihāre sannipatati. Tato bhagavā
sampattaparisāya anurūpena pāṭihāriyena gantvā dhammasabhāyaṃ paññattavarabuddhāsane nisajja
dhammaṃ deseti kālayuttaṃ samayayuttaṃ, atha kālaṃ viditvā parisaṃ uyyojeti, manussā bhagavantaṃ
vanditvā pakkamanti. Idaṃ pacchābhattakiccaṃ.
So evaṃ niṭṭhitapacchābhattakicco sace gattāni osiñcitukāmo hoti, buddhāsanā vuṭṭhāya
nhānakoṭṭhakaṃ pavisitvā upaṭṭhākena paṭiyāditaudakena gattāni utuṃ gaṇhāpeti. Upaṭṭhākopi buddhāsanaṃ
ānetvā gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññapeti. Bhagavā surattadupaṭṭaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā
uttarāsaṅgaṃ ekaṃsaṃ karitvā tattha gantvā nisīdati ekakova muhuttaṃ paṭisallīno, atha bhikkhū tato tato
āgamma bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti. Tattha ekacce pañhaṃ pucchanti, ekacce kammaṭṭhānaṃ, ekacce
dhammassavanaṃ yācanti. Bhagavā tesaṃ adhippāyaṃ sampādento purimayāmaṃ vītināmeti. Idaṃ
purimay āmakicca ṃ.
Purimay āmakiccapariyos āne pana bhikkh ūsu bhagavanta ṃ vanditv ā pakkantesu
sakaladasasahassilokadhātudevatāyo okāsaṃ labhamānā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchanti,
yathābhisaṅkhataṃ antamaso caturakkharampi. Bhagavā tāsaṃ devatānaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjento
majjhimayāmaṃ vītināmeti. Idaṃ majjhimayāmakiccaṃ.
Pacchimayāmaṃ pana tayo koṭṭhāse katvā purebhattato paṭṭhāya nisajjāya pīḷitassa sarīrassa
kilāsubhāvamocanatthaṃ ekaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ caṅkamena vītināmeti. Dutiyakoṭṭhāse gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā
dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajāno sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti. Tatiyakoṭṭhāse paccuṭṭhāya nisīditvā
purimabuddh ānaṃ santike dānasīlādivasena katādhikārapuggaladassanatthaṃ buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ
voloketi. Idaṃ pacchimayāmakiccaṃ.
Tasmiṃ pana divase bhagavā purebhattakiccaṃ rājagahe pariyosāpetvā pacchābhatte maggaṃ āgato,
purimay āme bhikkhūnaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā, majjhimayāme devatānaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjetvā,
pacchimay āme caṅkamaṃ āruyha caṅkamamāno pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ imaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ
ārabbha pavattaṃ kathaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇeneva sutvā aññāsīti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘pacchimayāmakiccaṃ
karonto aññāsī’’ti.
Ñatvā ca panassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime bhikkhū mayhaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ ārabbha guṇaṃ kathenti,
etesañca sabbaññutaññāṇakiccaṃ na pākaṭaṃ, mayhameva pākaṭaṃ. Mayi pana gate ete attano kathaṃ
nirantaraṃ ārocessanti, tato nesaṃ ahaṃ taṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā tividhaṃ sīlaṃ vibhajanto, dvāsaṭṭhiyā
ṭhānesu appaṭivattiyaṃ sīhanādaṃ nadanto, paccayākāraṃ samodhānetvā buddhaguṇe pākaṭe katvā, sineruṃ
ukkhipento viya suvaṇṇakūṭena nabhaṃ paharanto viya ca dasasahassilokadhātukampanaṃ
brahmajālasuttantaṃ arahattanikūṭena niṭṭhāpento desessāmi, sā me desanā parinibbutassāpi
pañcavassasahass āni sattānaṃ amatamahānibbānaṃ sampāpikā bhavissatī’’ti. Evaṃ cintetvā yena
maṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkamīti. Yenāti yena disābhāgena, so upasaṅkamitabbo. Bhummatthe vā etaṃ
karaṇavacanaṃ, yasmiṃ padese so maṇḍalamāḷo, tattha gatoti ayamettha attho.
Paññatte āsane nisīdīti buddhakāle kira yattha yattha ekopi bhikkhu viharati sabbattha buddhāsanaṃ
paññattameva hoti. Kasm ā? Bhagavā kira attano santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā phāsukaṭṭhāne viharante
manasi karoti – ‘‘asuko mayhaṃ santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā gato, sakkhissati nu kho visesaṃ
nibbattetuṃ no vā’’ti. Atha naṃ passati kammaṭṭhānaṃ vissajjetvā akusalavitakkaṃ vitakkayamānaṃ, tato
‘‘kathañhi nāma mādisassa satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā viharantaṃ imaṃ kulaputtaṃ
akusalavitakkā abhibhavitvā anamatagge vaṭṭadukkhe saṃsāressantī’’ti tassa anuggahatthaṃ tattheva
attānaṃ dassetvā taṃ kulaputtaṃ ovaditvā ākāsaṃ uppatitvā puna attano vasanaṭṭhānameva gacchati.
Athevaṃ ovadiyamānā te bhikkhū cintayiṃsu – ‘‘satthā amhākaṃ manaṃ jānitvā āgantvā amhākaṃ samīpe
ṭhitaṃyeva attānaṃ dasseti’’. Tasmiṃ khaṇe – ‘‘bhante, idha nisīdatha, idha nisīdathā’’ti āsanapariyesanaṃ
nāma bhāroti. Te āsanaṃ paññapetvāva viharanti. Yassa pīṭhaṃ atthi, so taṃ paññapeti. Yassa natthi, so
mañcaṃ vā phalakaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā pāsāṇaṃ vā vālukapuñjaṃ vā paññapeti. Taṃ alabhamānā
pur āṇapaṇṇānipi saṅkaḍḍhitvā tattha paṃsukūlaṃ pattharitvā ṭhapenti. Idha pana rañño nisīdanāsanameva
atthi, taṃ papphoṭetvā paññapetvā parivāretvā te bhikkhū bhagavato adhimuttikañāṇamārabbha guṇaṃ
thomayamānā nisīdiṃsu. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘paññatte āsane nisīdī’’ti.
Evaṃ nisinno pana jānantoyeva kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ bhikkhū pucchi. Te cassa sabbaṃ kathayiṃsu.
Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘nisajja kho bhagavā’’tiādi. Tattha kāya nutthāti katamāya nu kathāya sannisinnā bhavathāti
attho. Kāya netthātipi pāḷi, tassā katamāya nu etthāti attho kāya notthātipi pāḷi. Tassāpi purimoyeva attho.
Antarākathāti, kammaṭṭhānamanasikārauddesaparipucchādīnaṃ antarā aññā ekā kathā. Vippakatāti,
mama āgamanapaccayā apariniṭṭhitā sikhaṃ appattā. Tena kiṃ dasseti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ tumhākaṃ
kathābhaṅgatthaṃ āgato, ahaṃ pana sabbaññutāya tumhākaṃ kathaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā matthakappattaṃ katvā
dassāmīti āgato’’ti nisajjeva sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavāreti. Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, antarākathā vippakatā,
atha bhagavā anuppatto ti etthāpi ayamadhippāyo. Ayaṃ bhante amhākaṃ bhagavato sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ
ārabbha guṇakathā vippakatā, na rājakathādikā tiracchānakathā, atha bhagavā anuppatto; taṃ no idāni
niṭṭhāpetvā desethāti.
Ett āvat ā ca ya ṃ ā yasmat ā ā nandena kamalakuvalayujjalavimalas ādhurasasalil āya pokkhara ṇiy ā
sukhāvataraṇatthaṃ nimmalasilātalaracanavilāsasobhitaratanasopānaṃ,
vippakiṇṇamuttātalasadisavālukākiṇṇapaṇḍarabhūmibhāgaṃ titthaṃ viya
suvibhattabhittivicitravedikāparikkhittassa nakkhattapathaṃ phusitukāmatāya viya, vijambhitasamussayassa
pāsādavarassa sukhārohaṇatthaṃ
dantamayasaṇhamuduphalakakañcanalatāvinaddhamaṇigaṇappabhāsamudayujjalasobhaṃ sopānaṃ viya,
suvaṇṇavalayanūpurādisaṅghaṭṭanasaddasammissitakathitahasitamadhurassaragehajanavicaritassa
uḷārissarivibhavasobhitassa mahāgharassa sukhappavesanatthaṃ
suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimuttapavāḷādijutivissaravijjotitasuppatiṭṭhitavisāladvārabāhaṃ mahādvāraṃ viya ca
atthabyañjanasampannassa buddhaguṇānubhāvasaṃsūcakassa imassa suttassa sukhāvagahaṇatthaṃ
kāladesadesakavatthuparisāpadesapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ nidānaṃ bhāsitaṃ, tassatthavaṇṇanā samattāti.
5. Idāni – ‘‘mamaṃ vā, bhikkhave, pare avaṇṇaṃ bhāseyyu’’ntiādinā nayena bhagavatā nikkhittassa
suttassa vaṇṇanāya okāso anuppatto. Sā panesā suttavaṇṇanā. Yasmā suttanikkhepaṃ vicāretvā vuccamānā
pākaṭā hoti, tasmā suttanikkhepaṃ tāva vicārayissāma. Cattāro hi suttanikkhepā – attajjhāsayo, parajjhāsayo,
pucch āvasiko, aṭṭhuppattikoti.
Tattha yāni suttāni bhagavā parehi anajjhiṭṭho kevalaṃ attano ajjhāsayeneva kathesi; seyyathidaṃ,
ākaṅkheyyasuttaṃ, vatthasuttaṃ, mahāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ, mahāsaḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttaṃ, ariyavaṃsasuttaṃ,
sammappadhānasuttantahārako, iddhipādaindriyabalabojjhaṅgamaggaṅgasuttantahārakoti evamādīni; tesaṃ
attajjhāsayo nikkhepo.
Yāni pana ‘‘paripakkā kho rāhulassa vimuttiparipācaniyā dhammā; yaṃnūnāhaṃ rāhulaṃ uttariṃ
āsavānaṃ khaye vineyya’’nti; (saṃ. ni. 4.121) evaṃ paresaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ khantiṃ manaṃ abhinīhāraṃ
bujjhanabhāvañca avekkhitvā parajjhāsayavasena kathitāni; seyyathidaṃ, cūḷarāhulovādasuttaṃ,
mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ, dhammacakkappavattanaṃ, dhātuvibhaṅgasuttanti evamādīni; tesaṃ parajjhāsayo
nikkhepo.
Bhagavantaṃ pana upasaṅkamitvā catasso parisā, cattāro vaṇṇā, nāgā, supaṇṇā, gandhabbā, asurā,
yakkhā, mahārājāno, tāvatiṃsādayo devā, mahābrahmāti evamādayo – ‘‘bojjhaṅgā bojjhaṅgā’’ti, bhante,
vuccanti. ‘‘Nīvaraṇā nīvaraṇā’’ti, bhante, vuccanti; ‘‘ime nu kho, bhante, pañcupādānakkhandhā’’. ‘‘Kiṃ
sūdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭha’’ntiādinā nayena pañhaṃ pucchanti. Evaṃ puṭṭhena bhagavatā yāni kathitāni
bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttādīni, yāni vā panaññānipi devatāsaṃyutta-mārasaṃyutta-brahmasaṃyutta-sakkapañha-
cūḷavedalla-mahāvedalla-sāmaññaphala-āḷavaka-sūciloma-kharalomasuttādīni; tesaṃ pucchāvasiko
nikkhepo.
Yāni pana tāni uppannaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicca kathitāni, seyyathidaṃ – dhammadāyādaṃ, cūḷasīhanādaṃ,
candūpamaṃ, puttamaṃsūpamaṃ, dārukkhandhūpamaṃ, aggikkhandhūpamaṃ, pheṇapiṇḍūpamaṃ,
pāricchattakūpamanti evamādīni; tesaṃ aṭṭhuppattiko nikkhepo.
Evametesu catūsu nikkhepesu imassa suttassa aṭṭhuppattiko nikkhepo. Aṭṭhuppattiyā hi idaṃ bhagavatā
nikkhittaṃ. Katarāya aṭṭhuppattiyā? Vaṇṇāvaṇṇe. Ācariyo ratanattayassa avaṇṇaṃ abhāsi, antevāsī vaṇṇaṃ.
Iti imaṃ vaṇṇāvaṇṇaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā desanākusalo bhagavā – ‘‘mamaṃ vā, bhikkhave, pare avaṇṇaṃ
bhāseyyu’’nti desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha mama nti, sāmivacanaṃ, mamāti attho. Vāsaddo vikappanattho.
Pareti, paṭiviruddhā sattā. Tatrāti ye avaṇṇaṃ vadanti tesu.
Na āghātotiādīhi kiñcāpi tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āghātoyeva natthi, atha kho āyatiṃ kulaputtānaṃ īdisesupi
ṭhānesu akusaluppattiṃ paṭisedhento dhammanettiṃ ṭhapeti. Tattha āhanati cittanti ‘āghāto’;kopassetaṃ
adhivacanaṃ. Appatītā honti tena atuṭṭhā asomanassikāti appaccayo; domanassassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Neva
attano na paresaṃ hitaṃ abhirādhayatīti anabhiraddhi; kopassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Evamettha dvīhi padehi
saṅkhārakkhandho, ekena vedanākkhandhoti dve khandhā vuttā. Tesaṃ vasena sesānampi
sampayuttadhammānaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭikkhittameva.
Bản dịch
Chưa có bản dịch đã xuất bản.
Bản dịch được quản trị theo từng trang nguồn; có thể đổi ngôn ngữ bằng các tab phía trên cột dịch (khi hiển thị dịch). «Trang trong sách»: Liền mạch gộp nhiều trang (có giới hạn); Theo từng trang dùng mục lục hoặc nút chuyển trang — áp dụng cho mọi chế độ (Chỉ Pāli, Chỉ dịch, Song song).